7;7MMI E! -E,............... L z: Z E F Z i F Z- -F 'if - ------- fT, - - - - - - - - - - - ---- ------.......... I C --- ---- ------- 7:r X:zz-!.:M.-:....................... -:zz- - -------- zr; - - - - - - - - --:::r4'rr:t_ ----------- er., f. le" E i:- t t Z T;;r -71z Zzn:e Zj 7 7 -:r z i:mz_ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - tZ Z;.z Tf-rz- e' f T::77 -z;e z v re e T..7 -a -Z: zz m, t Z - - - - - - - - - - - - -- ----- --:zL-: z s................ ez: -zzz re ZrZ: w - - - - - - - - - - z:z........... C77f' re Z I s Ff M t............ ------- L, zwff............ Z Z e:.......:me-.t. fic" Z w............. - - - - - -.i IXEN ------ Mt. F --------------- Z r; Z:.,..:; -Z. Z: -: -.. -:.... -. - - - - - - - - - -......................... om.......... - - - - - - - - - - - - - a r Z:................ IIHN Ff. f z z Z, aid j............................ - - - - - - -............ Z Z -. " _.:. _-.v............................ Z:_- v 'Z Z 7 r I.: C: Z. ------------ t S.......... -....... E5 re----- -------.......... Z Z Z. Z zz............. z zzz..................... L - E Z....... - - - - - - - - - ez X ZE; r L rz. - ----- - e.. Z'...................... _Z1............. 'zrz:. - - - - - - - - - L 7 030 II.......... z............................ Z:,.................. r7 t w................... 7z:: z., r - -- - - - -..................................... - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- ---------- a _p - - - - - - -...................;zr L Z w L. Z-:f:,. _el E-:;I...........;re; Z 7 7 z7 — 1 7. fe -.......... I w.:'__l lin'T..................... pi I a zr:z!4p Z E ---------- f 7 T ------------ --- -er 'r -T E:........... - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T test yFf- _m: L —: -Tr:;. _-:' Z - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - zz;:Z:'_7 Z —.: ---- ---- - - -- -...... - - - - - - - - - - - doL41out. ed. Jno. T. Tt*tte,, %. cf. 6-"ny. milotnifla', T. . 9)..L-1 ... K.... t, 11;-k to 2-0,qkN k.,, )k i; vt...NI. r4. 9 t m WAR DEPARTMENT: OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF STAFF Second Section, General Staff, No. 14 A STUDY of the ILOCO LANGUAGE BASED MAINLY ON THE ILOCO GRAMMAR OF P.FR. JOSE NAVES Cura of Santo Tomas.;- Union Province, Luzon, P. I. By HENRY SWIFT Major and Chaplain, Thirteenth United States Infantry Manila, P. I., 1907 WASHINGTON: BYRON S. ADAMS, PRINTER 1909 WAR DEPARTMENT DOCUMENT NO. 327 Office of the Chief of Staff CONTENTS Page Preface..................................................... 11 Introduction................................................ 13 Orthography................................................ 15 Mutations of letters.................................. 16 Accents, radical, accidental............................ 17 Of the Grammatical Structure................................ 18 I. The Ligature. Used with qualifying adjectives....................... 19 With nouns denoting material........................ 19 With "lalaqui" or "babay" to indicate sex. 19 With demonstratives, optional.........................19 Between numerals and their nouns.................... 19 In the formation of numerals......................... 20 After "saan"........................................ 20 As a relative......................................... 20 Before dependent verbs in some instances.............. 20 II. The Noun. Gender, no true forms for, sex how distinguished... 21 Number, plural by reduplication, irregular and regular plurals in some cases, the dual.21 Cases of nouns determined by modifiers.. 22 Augmentatives and diminutives........................ 22 Abstract nouns in "ca" or "quina".22 Nouns in "aquin" for ownership...................... 23 Units of measurement by "sanja".................... 23 Recentness by "ca.................................. 23 Verbal nouns........................................ 24 III. The Articles. The common article; special uses of "ti"; prepositions latent in the oblique cases of the article. 24 The proper article, uses of, used only in the singular. 25 IV. The Demonstratives. One form for "this," two for "that".................. 25 Declension of; prepositions latent in the oblique cases.. 25 Ligature optional With the demonstrative as a modifier.. 25 Note on the occurrence of the syllables "da" and "cada" in the plural...................................... 26 V. Adjectives. True adjectives, list of................................ 26 Plurals, how formed. Irregular plurals.27 Position of.......................................... 27 Derived adjectives: in "ha," in "ma," in "ca," in "naca" expressive of emotion, syncopation with adjectives in "naca," in "si" with the idea of being affectedt by or of equipment..................................... 27 Use of "napalalo" and "nalabes" to indicate excess... 29 "Only" by the adverb "laeng" (contract "la"). 30 Exclamatory form in "nag — (an) - en," attached to one or two words, "an" being optional. 30 Comparison: comparative by reduplication; use of "ngem" or "em" for "than," "quet" used in certain instances instead of "ngem". 30 Conditional comparison; use of "sumangca". 31 Spanish "-isimo" expressed by "ingguet". 31 Superlative degree; use of "unay"; true superlative expressed by the particles "ca-an"..... 32 Paradigm of comparisons.............................. 32 4., CONTENTS. VI. Numerals. Numeral system decimal........................... 33 Cardinal numbers, "lacsa" from the Sanscrit; use of ligature in the formation of certain numerals; use of "sanga" to indicate even tens, hundreds, etc........ 33 Use of the particle "sag" in bargaining................ 34 "Mamin" used with numerals to form numeral adverbs, "namin" preterite of same......................... 34 Numerals used in verbal forms.................. 35 Ancient use of the particle "canica" in numeration..... 35 O rdinals........................................... 35 Distributives...................................... 36. VII. Pronouns. Personal pronouns, three persons and three numbers, one a true dual; "we" exclusive or inclusive of the hearer........................................ 36 Declension of the personal pronouns................... 36. Pronouns either free or attached..................... 36 Syncopations of personal pronouns.................... 37 Suffixes, uses of, mutations of......................... 38 Free forms when employed........................... 38 Possessive pronouns, use of the word "cua"............ 39' Impersonal pronouns................................. 40 Relative pronouns, use of the ligature for.............. 40' Interrogative pronouns; "asin" contraction of "asino"; "ania" not always used for "what"; "asin" used -in asking for the name of a person.................. 40' "Adino" a true pronoun, translated adverbially as "where," contracted generally to "adin"; "adin ti yan" used in its place............................ 42' "Casano" a true pronoun, translated adverbially as "how"......................................... 42 Indefinite pronouns.................................. 42 Intensive forms, myself, etc............................ 43; VIII. Adverbs. Adverbial meaning sometimes conveyed by the verb itself; adjectives used instead of as qualifiers for verbs; use of the particle "en" for the Spanish "ya"; adverbial sense in certain particles; "recently," how expressed; "only," expressed by reduplication; list of true adverbs.................................. 43 Negative adverbs, "saan" requires the ligature except when used alone as "no"; "di" always a prefix, requires a euphonic "n" before certain suffixes....... 46 Adverbs of tim e...................................... 47 Auxiliaries listed with the adverbs.................... 48 IX. Prepositions. Latent in oblique cases of the articles, demonstratives, personal and impersonal pronouns; latent in certain verbal formulas; independent prepositions; latent in certain verbal particles; expressed by certain nouns........................................ 5 X. Conjunctions. List given........................................... 5 "Quen," usual meaning "and," sometimes used disjunctively..................................... 54 Use of "da" and "cada" in the same clause when enumerating individuals, "quen" always before the last; the personal pronoun with "da" always in the plural.... 54~ CONTENTS. 5 "Quet" used to connect clauses and predications with meaning "and," in comparisons means "than"..... 55 XI. Interjections. Exclamatory phrase with the particles "nag — (an) - en"......................................... 55 True interjections, list of.............................. 56 XII. The Verb. Verbs how classified, division into active and passive verbs........................................... 57 Active verbs with nominatives for subjects, characteristics of, subject principal determinant of active forms, object in the accusative.................... 57 Formulas of active verbs mostly passive as to subject, not as to object, subject in the genitive, object in the accusative.................................... 58 Active verbal particles listed.......................... 58 Active verbs modified in character by formulas to express certain limitations in the action of the verb.. 59 Passive verbs, object principal determinant of these forms, subject in the genitive, object in the nominative, passive particles listed......................... 60 Number and person how indicated, pronominal suffixes employed, mutations of with the verbal suffixes "en" and "an," these latter how modified................ 62 Modes and tenses of verbs, infinitives, imperatives, preterites how indicated, gerundives, auxiliaries, location of the auxiliaries in the sentence.................. 62 Dependence of verbs, when of the same class, subjunctives dependent, verbs dependent on any adjective but those in "naca," dependent on adjectives in "naca," on adjectives used impersonally, active dependent on passive verbs, dependent on either of the verbs "en," "mapan," or "umay"................... 64 XIII. The Copulative Verb. No word for the true copulative; predication how indicated, "ti" or "daguiti" used with the predicate when the subject is emphatic; predicate first if the negative "saan" is used; "saan" or "di" employed in negations; "saan" always requires the ligature; article used with the predicate if the subject is affected by a possessive............................. 65 Forms given where the subject is, or the predicate is affected by, a possessive pronoun; forms when the proposition is negative............................ 66 Uses of "adda" and "aoan," "aoan" the negation of "adda," used to express position, existence, possession; when only temporary the person possessing is put in the dative; not used when the object possessed is qualified by a possessive; "ti" used instead of "adda" when the idea of quantity is associated with the thing possessed............................... 68 XIV. Irregular Verbs. "Cona" meaning "to say," preterite "quinona"; used when the actual words are quoted; with the passive particle "i" means to imitate the motions of another.. 70 "Cano" meaning "they say," sometimes abbreviated to "can"; if associated with, it follows "cona"........ 71 "Ammo" meaning "to know".......................... 71 "Cayat" meaning "to will, desire"...................... 71 6 CONTENTS. "Ited" meaning "to give".............................. 72 "Ay" meaning "to come"; only irregular in syntax...... 72 "En" irregular, takes, its preterite from the regular verb "mapan"; "in" used instead of "en"; if preterite and with a verb in the preterite depending on it "en" retains its present form; used to indicate that one goes for the purpose of buying something.......... 72 XV. Active Verbs, in "Ag"................................... 73 Main use to express action undetermined by an object, except in case of the formulas; use of the gerundive frequent........................................ 73 Preterite particle is "nag"............................ 74 Formulas given and illustrated of: Instrum ent..................................... 74 Place, cause, or person affected by the action...... 74 Person commanded........................ 75 Time and manner of the action; subsidiary expressions required to indicate manner or time...... 75 V erbal nouns.............................'....... 76 Other Uses of "Ag": (1) To seek or hunt what is expressed by the root of the verb........ 76 (2) To have a sickness or disease................. 77 (3) To use a tool, arm, or implement.. 77 (4) To play a game.................................. 77 (5) To put on any article of attire or adornment... 77 (6) To act a part.................................... 77 (7) To express mutual relationship................... 78 (8) To express equipment; this also expressed by the particle "agtagui"............................ 78 Other Particles Grouped With "Ag": "Agsin" to denote reciprocity of action................ 78 Mutations of the verb with "agsin," reduplication of the verb........................................... 78 "Ag-inn —," prefix and intercalation to denote reciprocity; with reduplication of the verb it expresses the rivalry of three or more.......... 78 "Aguin" denoting pretence of being something......... 79 "Aga" to denote how far on the body something reaches, as water in a stream, or clothing on the person; also means "to reek or smell of "................. 80 "Paga" with the first meaning of "aga"................ 80 "Agca" indicates the possession in common of some quality or relation by two individuals.............. 80 "Agcaca" denotes the same as the preceding with reference to three or more................. 80 "Agpa" to denote the commanding of the action of verbs in "ag"; distinction noted between commanding a person and commanding an action; used also to indicate that a person goes in a particular direction.. 81 "Apag" to denote recentness of action.................. 81 "Pag" to express that a thing is intended for a certain use......................... 81 XVI. The Particles "Mang, Mam, and Man." These identical in power; difference in form caused by the initial letter of the root; main use as a true active transitive verb.............................. 82 "Mang" used before all letters but b, d, p, s, and t...... 82 CONTENTS. 7 Formulas of "mang"; instrument, place, time, and verbal noun........................................ 82 Gerundives in "mang" how formed.................... 83 "Mam" used before words beginning in b or p, formulas similar to those of "mang," suppression of the initial letter of the root after "ma"..................... 84 "Man" used before words beginning with d, s, or t; initial letter of the root suppressed or elided after "man," formulas similar to those of "mang....... 85 Other uses of "mang, mam, and man": (1) To search or go for grass, cane, etc.............. 86 (2) To go to buy generally, as "He has gone to buy cattle"......................................... 86 XVII. Remaining Active Particles. These to include "Um, Maca, Macapa, Macapag, Maqui, Maquipag, Maqui — um, Mamag and Mama": grouped under four subdivisions namely, "Um, Maca, Maqui, Mamag"........................... 86 The Particle "Um." Used with neuter and reciprocal or reflexive verbs, the latter so classed from the standpoint of the Spanish grammarian, answering rather to our classification of intransitive and true passive verbs.............. 86 "Urn" inserted in the root, its preterite is the prefiix "i" 87 Used to indicate the acquiring of a quality, also performing an action or doing something for a brief interval......................................... 87 Formulas of "um": place, time, and verbal; with the formula of time and the verbal the first syllable of the root is reduplicated; excellence implied by the verbal........................................... 87 The verb in "um" repeated with the adverb "la" intervening gives the meaning of an increasing or of a constantly recurring action........................ 88 The Particle "Maca;" With this are associated "macapa" and "macapag"..... 88 Used to express causation, ability or inability; inability from extrinsic source calls for the use of "macapag" 88 Formulas of the three particles similar; formulas only of place, time, and verbal........................ 89 These particles effect the change of the meaning of the root, from that of attempt to that of accomplishment; as from "look for" to "find," etc............ 89 Special uses of "maca" are: (1) To express some natural want............... 90 (2) To express the continuance of an act or state for a given period....................... 90 (3) To denote capacity or how many persons or things will fit in a given space............ 90 The Particle "Maqui." With this to be considered "maquipag" and "maqui — urnum".............................. 90 "Maqui" denotes action in concert with another........ 90 When another joins himself to the others for concert in said action then "maquipag" is used.............. 90 Formulas of these are similar; formulas of place, time and verbal....................................... 91 Special uses of "maqui" are: (1) To ask for fruits, etc., gratis, the thing asked for being the root........................ 92 8 CONTENTS. (2) To ask for something other than fruits, greens, etc., gratis; verb "daoat" or "rangcap" used in such case with the particle.............. 92 (3) "Maqui urn" is used to express a great desire................................... 92 The Particle "Mamag." "Mama" considered with this particle, difference mainly phonetic; "mama" gives idea also of briefness of the action....................................... 92 Formulas of the two similar; formulas are of instrument, place, and time.............................. 92 Particles mainly denote compelling or obliging another to act............................................ 93 XVIII. The Passive Voice. The object the determining element in passive verbs.... 94 Passives sometimes revert to active forms............. 94 Formulas largely lacking, or borrowed from active verbs........................................... 94 Forms given of passives when both subject and object are personal pronouns, forms of same with negatives; with the negative "di" the subject becomes nominative when the object is of the third person.. 94 Particles considered in four groups: "- en," " —an," "i," and "m a"..................................... 94 XIX. The Particle " en." Particle a suffix, sometimes confounded with " -an," preterite "in" either initial or intercalated......... 97 For the formulas "- en" passes to those of "ag," "mang," or "um".................................. 97 Principal use as active transitive verb.................. 97 Special uses are: (1) To feel symptoms of a complaint............. 98 (2) To state that an object will serve for a given purpose.................................. 98 (3) To have another in a particular relation...... 98 (4) To consider or hold the object as being of some especial character........................ 98 (5) To convert one thing into another............ 99 (6) To use some part of the body in performing an action................................ 99 (7) Of things being eaten by insects or animals.... 99 (8) Of raising a quantity to a certain limit........ 99 The Particle "Pa." Used to denote commanding of action of verbs in " — e n."......................................... 100 Preterite is "pina"..................................... 100 The Particles "Pag-en" and "Pa. en." Differ only in phonetic use............................ 100 Indicate person commanded of verbs in ". en". 100 Preterites are "pinag" or "pina"...................... 100 Sometimes pass to forms in "agpa, inamag, or mama".. 100 Special uses are: (1) Tomake a person or animal do something..... 101 (2) With the sense of "Do you think I have no eyes, ears, etc.".102 (3) To be treated like an animal.................. 102 (4) To wait for a certain period.................. 102 The Particles "Ca. -en." Increase or diminution expressed by................... 102 CONTENTS. 9 Preterite expressed by "quina"........................ 102 XX. The Particle " an." Sometimes confounded with "- en"................. 102 Preterite is "ni" prefixed, or "in" prefixed or intercalated............................................ 103 Used where an indirect object occurs.................. 103 Special uses are: (1) To place one object with reference to another.. 103 (2) To change, increase, or diminish an object.... 104 (3) To indicate the kind of seed planted............ 104 (4) With "manu" or a numeral with the sense of "to give"................................ 104 (5) To express the number of parts in sharing or distribution............................ 104 (6) To snare, trap, or catch animals, fish, etc...... 105 (7) To indicate profit or gain from work.......... 105 The Particles "Pa -an." Used to command the action of verbs in " an"...... 105 Preterite is "pina an".............................. 105 Special use to indicate the tying of man or animal by some part of the body............................. 105 The Particles "Ca an." Used to denote the accomplishment of a purpose....... 105 Preterite in this case "na- an"...................... 106 To signify the raising of a number of individuals to a certain limit............................. 106 Preterite in this case "quina- an"................... 106 To form a collective or mass noun indicating the abundance of the object in a certain place, as cane-brake, etc................................... 106 The Particles "Sanga-an." To form a collective noun indicative of a group of individuals...................................... 106 Treated of also under "Nouns"....................... 23 XXI. The Particle "I." Always a prefix....................................... 107 Sometimes used where " en" or " an" might seem to be indicated.................................... 107 Preterite before all letters but vowels l1, and r, is "in"... 107 Preterite before a vowel is "ii"......................... 107 Preterite before I or r is "il" or "ir".................... 107 Used when the means of an action are indicated........ 107 Special place for an object is indicated by this particle.. 107 The "i" is not dropped when the verb assumes an active particle......................................... 107 The Particle "Ipa." Preterite is "inpa"................................... 108 Used to express "to give," as food to a horse........... 108 - Distinction between this and "pag -— en," when kind of food is mentioned "ipa" is used................. 108 To attribute, suspect, accuse.......................... 108 To put in a certain place or direction................... 108 When one of a group is differentiated in placing "paquin-en" is used instead of "ipa"............ 108 Special use is to indicate that some object was put to a purpose for which it was not intended............ 108 The Particles "I -an." Denotes that the action was done in place of another person......................................... 109 IO CONTENTS. The Particles "Pai, Paipa, and Pai — an." Used to command the action of verbs in "i, ipa, and i ---an"....................................... 109 XXII. The Particle "Ma." "Ma" both active and passive........................ 110 Passive when transitive, active when intransitive...... 110 Preterite is "na".................................... 110 This particle frequently causes syncopation of the root.. 110 When frequentative or negatively imperative the particle is reduplicated................................... 110 Principal use is to denote ability...................... 110 To express that one has or has not accomplished the result aimed at.................................. 11 Effects that the meaning of the root becomes changed in nature from what is attempted to what is accomplished. So "shoot at" becomes "hit" or "miss" as the case may be.................................. 11l Neuter and reciprocal verbs (according to Spanish classification) expressed by "ma".................. ll The formulas are the same as those of "maca"........ 111 When the particle "ma" is used with verbs in " - en" the latter disappears.............................. 112 When affecting verbs in "- an" or in "i" these are retained........................................ 112 The Particles "Ma — an." Denotes that an action has reached its limit............ 11 Preterite is "na - an................................ 112 Vocabulary.................................................. 113 PREFACE. This work makes no pretence to priginality. It is simply, as is shown by the title, a Study of the Iloco language. The basis of this is the Grammar of Father Jose Naves, of which book there are about three copies in the Augustinian House in Manila, and these not for sale. I was fortunate enough to secure what the Father in charge of the Biblioteca assured me was the last copy that he should sell. Father Naves belongs to a long honor-roll of Spanish Priests, who in four hundred years have done splendid work in the cause of science and literature in the Philippine Archipelago. A careful compilation and rearrangement of his book, with the aid of other information gained from Narro's Vocabulary and from living sources, will, it is hoped, be of some assistance to the student of the languages of North Luzon, to the Malaysian student, and be of some value in the science of comparative philology. HENRY SWIFT, Chaplain i3th Infantry. MANILA, P. I., May 8, I907. "'0 Ir Ar INTRODUCTION. The Malaysian group of languages, almost endless in their variety, is the dominant type in the Philippine Islands as well as in Borneo, Java, Micronesia, among the Maoris, and in the Hawaiian Islands. They belong to the Turanian family, that family which is native to both Americas, the whole stretch of the Arctic Ocean, large portions of Asia and Africa, including the great chain of Islands that guard: the coast of the Orient, and the Islands of the South Pacific. In the Philippine group there are about thirty languages spoken. This word "language" is used advisedly, for the difference between them is as great and greater than between any of the Romance languages,. and they are assuredly much more than dialects. Among them three occupy positions of the first importance, namely the Tagalog, the Iloco, and the Bisayan tongues. The latter are extensively employed through the Southern Islands. The Tagalog is of political and commercial value as being spoken in Manila and the regions adjacent thereto. The I1Qco_is the principal language of Northern Luzon. With a competent knowledge of these any ifindividuial whether in the employ of the Federal or of the Civil Government, or engaged in commerce, or casting in his lot as a settler or miner, will be all the better fitted to make his way and perform his 'duties, whatever they may be. The English and Dutch, as masters in the art of colonizing, make the knowledge of the languages of the natives a necessary part of the curriculum for students in the civil service. The Bureau of Constabulary offers incentives to its officers to spur them on to the mastery of the various languages of the Archipelago. The Spanish language has never been extensively known by the.Filipinos. In thetowns, in the "Cientro de Poblacion," where the Priest, the Presidente,. and the better and more well-to-do are to be met, there more or less Spanish is spoken, but outside of these the vast majority are limited to their own dialects. It is true that, thanks to the efforts ofthe Bureau of Education, the younger generation is rapidly acquiring a knowledge of English-and it is no uncommon thing, now, to findchildren who can readily understand and talk English, while Spanish is entirely unknown to them-but these even cling to their own languages, and will for all intercourse among themselves. The Tagalog,. the Iloco, and the rest are not things of a day. Four hundred years of Spanish domination find them as virile and rooted as when Legaspi and Urdaneta first landed, and ten or twenty or a hunfred years of' American occupancy will not suffice to stamp them out. In the meanwhile those who have to do with them are handicapped by ignorance of the language spoken by the people about them, while he is bestequipped and prepared to-do his work, especially a government official, who can meet them on their own ground. It may be observed that I have excepted the Clergy from the list of those who need to make a study of native languages. As a rule the Clergy have been pioneers in every path of philological explora — tion. Especially has this been the case among the numerous and obscure tongues of these Islands. The first prerequisite for work, that deserves the name, of a priest in any of these tribes is the greatest industry in acquiring its language. The first place must be given to the Roman Catholics who have left many noble monuments of 14 ILOCO LANGUAGE. their labors. With the entrance in of American missionaries we are justified in expecting much new and good work, agreeing also with the recent advances made in linguistic studies. This essay, which is practically little more than a translation, will adhere to the orthography of earlier times, which in the writer's judgment has much to be said in its favor. It will also, perhaps not so closely, adhere to the scholastic grammatical terminology employed by Padre Naves, even where the terms used vary from our pre-conceptions. It is not believed that any great advantage will be gained by departing from them. The structure of the Malay dialects is distinguished by several peculiarities. These will be briefly noted now, while their discussion and illustration will be deferred, as any present elaboration would swell the introduction to the size and character of a grammar. There are to be especially noted: the use of the ligature; the part played by the article; the reduplications with grammatical significance other than mere intensity or to express the plural, although these uses also occur; the large range of prefixes, suffixes and intercalations; the predominant substantive character of the clause; the poverty in prepositional forms; and also the instability of the roots themselves. The rules laid down for this last feature seem simple enough and are very necessary to acquire in order to make it possible to find the word (root) in the dictionary. Every student of Iloco should possess a copy of Narro's Vocabulario Iloco-Espafiol, which may be procured at the Augustinian Convent, Manila, and at slight cost. The vocabulary that forms a part of this work is largely confined to such words as may occur in Naves' Grammar. It is sufficiently copious to give an abundant and useful vocabulary, but it is far from (and is not intended to be) exhaustive. Indeed, no grammar nor vocabulary can do more than prepare the way to a mastery of any language: that must be gained by long and personal contact with the people who speak it. ORTHOGRAPHY. In the writing of the languages of these Islands as was in use at the time of the American occupation, more especially in the Iloco, certain letters had little or no general employment except as found in a few exotics. These were f, h, j, k, v, w, x, and z. The letter k, while having a proper place in the Moro or Mahometan languages of the Southern Archipelago, was not found in the Tagalog or Iloco originally; but since the year I898 has come to be used as a substitute for c before a., o, and u, and for qu before e and i. There is a good deal to be said in favor of this, especially where according to the older use it becomes necessary to change, in the fluctuations of declension or conjugation, the c to qu (or vice versa) in order to preserve the hard sound of c or to restore the root; as batac, bataquen. The letter f naturally gravitates to a kindred labial, generally to p; as pecha for "fecha" (Spanish for "date"). In the Igorot, however, f takes the place of b; as fafay for babay, female; facho for bado, garment or shirt. Another American use is to employ w instead of the diphthong ao, and even for u in the diphthong iu; as awan for aoan, not or no. The necessity of such substitution is questionable. t A is the most frequently used and most stable of the vowel sounds. It is generally pronounced as a in father, and sometimes has the sound of a in "fat." Use and the education of the ear must be the student's guide. B is the same as in English. C is always hard. If it should happen in the course of inflection that an e or i should follow c this letter, in conformity with the rules of Spanish orthography, is changed to qu. On the other hand, if qu followed by either e or i should, in the course of inflection, be separated by a consonant from its vowel then it changed to c. Examples: abac, abaquen; bariques, baricsen. When k is used instead of c or qu these changes do not become necessary. The Moro dialects, employing the Arabic character, use k instead of c. D has the same sound as in English. In Tagalog and in Iloco the letter r often takes it place; as purao, pudao. E has generally the sound of a in "fate." It is often replaced by i, either being used indifferently; as seddaao or siddaao, lamesaan or lamisaan. It is occasionally used in place of a; as nana or nene, maysa or meysa. Before a final guttural it sometimes has a sound resembling the French u, as in uneg. I F is not native to the Iloco, although common in the Igorot. It occurs only in exotics, as in fiesta, firma, familias, etc.; or in proper nouns, as Federico, usually pronounced Pederico. G is always hard as in "goat." If e or i follow, a euphonic u is inserted to preserve the sound. So in inflection, whether there be a suffix or an intercalation, a u is inserted when necessary; as gubang, guimmubang; imbag, naimbaguenda. H has no place in the Iloco. It occurs in a- few exotics; as horas (hour), honras (obsequies), etc. I has the sound of e in mete. Properly it is employed in roots before consonants only, y taking its place before or after vowels. It is used, however, before vowels in inflection; as asideg, iasidegmo; uli, iulim; ulug, iulugda. ILOCO LANGUAGE. J has no place in the Iloco, except as it may occur in exotics, when it has the sound of h vocalized; as in Juan, Jacinto, Jolo, etc. L, M, N: these are sounded as in English. Ng has a sound resembling that of ng in sing. It is employed either initially or as a terminal. In the syllabic division of a word the n should not be separated from the g: thus Pangasinan would be Panga-si-nan; Batangas, Ba-ta-ngas, etc. In the Bicol it is often replaced by gn, the g (according to the Spanish usage), having the "tilda" placed over it. In the published works of the Philippine Civil Government a long "tilda" is placed over the two letters. 0 has the sound of o in "note." There is a considerable freedom in the use of o and u, one being indifferently used in place of the other as: manu for mano, lupot for luput, etc. P has the same sound as in English. Q has always a silent u attached, and has the sound of hard c or of k. When in the course of inflection qu occurs before a, o, or u, it is changed to c as: quimat, cumimat; quellaat, cumlaat. Also when its following vowel is dropped and qu is directly followed by a consonant, the same change occurs. For example: quesset with the prefix ma becomes macset. - R has the same sound as in English. S has the sibilant sound of s in "sin." It never has the sound of nor of sh. JV T has the sound of t in "time." U has the sound of oo in "hoot." It is frequently used instead of o. X does not occur in the Iloco. Y has the same sound as the Iloco i, and is used before vowels. It is often used before consonants, as in Ynocencia, ylangylang, etc.; but the use is beginning to be archaic. The diphthong ay has the sound of i in "pine." Z does not occur in the Iloco. MUTATIONS OF LETTERS. No note will be taken of mutations which occur through slovenliness in speaking, which is a common fault in the Archipelago, but there are certain changes that are regular and grammatical. These will be noted more particularly in the grammar. Some of these changes leave the root in sufficient integrity to make its discovery easy; but in other cases the root becomes so mutilated that considerable difficulty is found in recovering it. It will be necessary at this point to anticipate the use of some terms, which will require a fuller explanation further on. Such anticipation is deemed best, even at the cost of possible obscurity, in order that the present subject may be properly treated. When the verbal particles ca, ma, maca, or i, are prefixed to roots beginning with a consonant-fhs letter attaches to the prefix, and the following vowel is dropped. If such vowel is followed by a double consonant one of these is also dropped. This rule is true of the preterites of the above particles, which are (for ma and maca) na and naca. Examples: del-lao, cadlao; seddaao, masdaao; decquet, nadquetan, etc. --., >.. *.., The diphthongs oe or ue are changed to a or e when the verbal suffix an is appended, as: ibbuet, ibbatan; singpuet, singpetan. The letter n, when it belongs to a prefix, is converted to m before b, p, or m. Examples: patoc, impatoc (for inpatoc); bel-leng, imbelleng. The verbal particles en or an coalesce with the genitive suffixes co (my) or mo (thy) to form ec, ac, em, or am; and with yo '(your) to form eiyo or aiyo. ILOCO LANGUAGE. I7 This portion does not pretend to exhaust the subject of mutations. The above instances are only illustrative. In the course of the grammar these changes will be more fully discussed. In some instances an essential part of the root disappears, in which case it will not always be easy to find the foundation word. Examples.: mannait from dait, umquis from icquis, macapagteng from dateng, etc. ACCENTS. Accents are of two kinds, radical and accidental. The radical accent is the accent of the root, unaffected by prefixes, suffixes, or in general by inflection. Thus the accent of sturat or of quita is on the penult. This accent is radical. If the verbal suffix en is appended the penult is still the accented syllable (suraten, quitden), but the accent becomes accidental. RADICAL ACCENTS. The following rules are given by Narro for the radical accents: (A). The accent is on the penult: I. In quadriliterals which have the same vowel repeated between the initial and final consonant, as: ddaat, sdan, b6ong, booc, etc. 2. In general, words composed of two parts (the parts being usually dissyllables) repeated take this accent, as: patongpdtong, cuditctudit, paligpdilig, ylangylang. There are several exceptions to this rule, as: riquetriquet, gotocgotoc, etc. 3. Where the same or a similar syllable is initial and final, these being connected by a vowel, such connective takes the accent. Examples: bisibis, Bilibid (proper noun), buquibuc. 4. Where the antepenult and the ultimate are the same, and the penult is a vowel, as: arimongamong, arimocamoc, alibuddbud, etc. 5. In trisyllables where the antepenult is separated from the two following syllables by a hyphen, as: guil-dyab, guin-doa, ar-drac, etc. (B). The accent is on the ultimate: I. Where the word is composed of a reduplicated syllable terminating in a consonant, as: bacbac, carcdr, duldul, etc. 2. In words whose last two syllables are alike, or that differ only in the initial consonant, as: aribucbuic, aripaspds, palispis, sarotsot, etc. 3. In dissyllables where there is a reduplicated syllable in ay or ao, as: baybdy, taytay, caocao, etc. 4. Where the ultimate is separated from the body of the word by a hyphen, as: cay-6, sam-it, i-it, etc. 5. Where the vowel of the ultimate is preceded by two consonants, as: apldg, appan, bont6c, bant6t, etc. This rule is universal and - applies also to words where the consecution of consonants is caused by conjugation or by inflection. These rules are not affected, whatever may be the number of syllables in the Word. ACCIDENTAL ACCENTS. The following rules are given as to accidental-accents, that is, where the radical accent is affected by prefixes, etc. I. Most roots having the accent on the penult have the accent removed to the ultimate of the root when either of the verbal suffixes an or en is appended, provided there be no syncopation caused thereby, as: quita, quitdan, quitden, etc. 2. Roots that are accented on the penult, when there is a syncopa 16 ILOCO LANGUAGE. tion caused by affixing the verbal particles an or en, lose the accent, it falling on the ultimate of the word, as: bariques, baricsen; babdsel, babaslen, etc. i > 3.. The words ama, itn, apd, when preceded by the proper article ni,.r" have the accent thrown back from the ultimate to the penult, as: ama, s >~' ni dma; ind, ni ina; apo, ni dpo., 5 t 4. Roots with the accent on the penult, when either of the verbal ' particles ca, ma, na, maca, or naca, is prefixed (the vowel of the penult being dropped) take the accent on the penult. For illustration see verbs in ca, ma, or maca. No complete rules can be laid down for accents. Many words that are identical in spelling will vary in meaning, as the accent may determine. Examples: drac (wine), ardc (to gather for a festival); bdgui (part or portion), bagtii (body); basa (wetness), basa (to read); otob (a small aperture), otob (to consider); etc. It is eyident that in this, as in other languages, the accent of many words can only be learned by study and observation. OF THE GRAMMATICAL STRUCTURE OF THE ILOCO LANGUAGE. The old division of Etymology and Syntax will not be followed in this essay. In considering the etymological relations of words their syntactical connection is so intimately associated that a formal division has not seemed necessary. The Ilocolanguage is particularly rich, as are all the Malaysian languages, in substantive roots. These are either concrete or class names or are abstractions'representing some quality, condition, or action. Examples: ubing, boy; imbag, goodness; basd, the condition of being wet; bdsa, the act of reading. With the exception of the concrete nouns these are usually found in combination with some particle. Example: imbag, the root meaning goodness; naimbag, good; caimbag or qluiaimbag, goodness in the abstract; imbaguen, to approve (hold good); naimimbag, better; umimbag, to get better, improve, etc. A thorough acquaintance with the nature and power of these various particles is necessary, as well as the ability to' detach the root word from its affecting particles, or adjuncts, inasmuch as in the Iloco, as well as-in the several Malaysian vocabularies published, the roots only are given. The laws of change are so clear, however, that much of the difficulty will disappear as one progresses in his researches. The verb is formed from these various roots. It will not be necessary to enter on the subject at this point, as they (the verbs) will be fully treated in their place. It is well, however, to state here that there is a great latitude and flexibility in the formation of verbs from almost every class of roots, from nouns, adverbs, numerals, etc. Examples: maysa, one; pamaisaem ita naquemmo, fix it well in your mind; danum, water; danuman, to pour water (on something); dita, there; ditaca, be there; ditam, stay there; aso, dog; inaso meten, the dog has already eaten it. The first thing to be considered will be the ligature (so called); and after this, in their order, nouns, the articles. demonstratives, adjectives, numerals, pronouns, the adverb, preposition, conjunction, interjection, and finally the verb. This is treated last as it requires the most extensive comment, and will embrace the larger portion of this essay. I THE LIGATURE. The ligature is a most characteristic feature in all or most of the Malaysian languages. In the Iloco there is but one. It has, however, ILOCO LANGUAGE. 19 two forms "a" and "nga." There is no difference in the use or power of these grammatically. Just as in English there is no difference in meaning between the indefinite article forms "a" and "an," so in Iloco there is no difference between "a" and "nga." The laws of euphony determine which of the two it is proper to employ. The ligature is not translatable. It has a purely grammatical use, which is to bind (ligar) together certain closely connected elements. It might well be called an enclitic. When the word preceding the ligature terminates in, or when the following word begins with, the letten "a" then "nga" is commonly used. If the last letter of the preceding word and the first letter of the word following is a consonant, then the ligature is "a." In other cases a wide liberty is allowed. EXAMPLES: Iti napigsa nga cabayoc. With my sturdy horse. Iti maicapito nga aldao. On the seventh day. Cuam toy a bado? Is this shirt yours? Cadaguiti natadem a imucoc. With my sharp knives. Iti aracyo a nasam-it. Your sweet wine. Agcacasucubcayo nga uppat? Are you four related? The ligature is used to denote the following grammatical relations: I. Between a substantive and its qualifying adjective, as for example: Iti naingel a arac. The strong wine. Iti naingel a ubingmo. Your sturdy boy. Cadaguiti bumbunengda nga na- With their dull bolos. ngudel. 2. Between the noun and the material of which it is composed, Iti balay a cayo. The wooden (frame) house. [ti cucharac a pirac. My silver spoon. 3. With the word indicating the gender of animate beings; i. e., lalaqui, male; babay, female: Ti pusa nga babay. The (female) cat. Ti vaca (baca) nga babay. The cow. Ti baca nga lalaqui. The bull. Ni anacco a babay. My daughter. 4. Between the demonstrative and the noun which it defines; the rule, however, not being invariable, as the ligature may bet omitted if euphony demands: Deytoy a aracco. This wine of mine. Deyta nga al-lidmo. That wax of yours. Iti cauar ta aso. The chain of that (ta) dog (aso). Ita simbaan. In that (ita) church. Naluclucneng toy a tinapay. This bread is weete — t 4 5. Between the numeral, whether cardinal, ordinal, or distributive, and the noun it defines or limits: Innem a palangca. Six chairs. Iti maicadua nga silid. In the second room. Daguiti dua nga annacco. My two sons. 20 ILOCO LANGUAGE. 6. Between the cardinals four (uppat), six (innem), and nine (siyam), with tens (polo), hundreds (gasut), thousands (ribu from aribu), tens of thousands (lacsa) and millions (riuriu): Uppat a polo. Innem a polo quet pito. Siyanz a polo quet dua. Uppat a gasut. Innem a ribu. Uppat a lacsa. Siam a riuriu. Forty. 4S '6 ~ S v~Olt-seven. v Ninety-two. Four hundred. Six thousand. Forty thousand. Nine million. 7. The ligature is used between the adverb saan (not) and the word to which it pertains, whether noun, adjective, verb, etc. This is true even when another word may intervene. Saan met a naruguit. Saanco a balay daytoy. Saan a naingpis toy a baston? Saan a nasam-it daguitoy a saba? Apayapay saanmo a pinauli ida? It is not dirty at all (met). This is not my house. Is not this cane slender? Are not these bananas sweet? Why did you not tell them to come in (up)? 8. The ligature "a" or "nga" is practically a relative. The reason of this seems to be that the relative clause is really an adjectival element. In the Iloco, adjectives with the ligature are employed where we would use a relative clause. The poverty as regards the copulative verb will account for this. The subject is but briefly noted here in order to embrace all of the uses of the ligature. Iti cabayo nga adda quenca. The horse which you have. Iti chocolate a nasayao daques. Chocolate that is thin (claro) is bad. Dacayo a naingel. You who are brave. Iti libro nga adda cadacuada. The book that they have. The book that (nga) is (adda) 'to them (cadacuada). 9. The ligature is used to show the dependence of one verb on another when: a. The dependent verb is an infinitive and each is in the same voice, i. e., either active or passive; b. When the dependent verb is in the subjunctive mood whatever m ay be the voices of the verbs. (a) Cayatco a quitaen ida. I wish to see them. '/ Here the two verbs are classified as passive.. Aggaguetca nga agadal. a' am diligent to study (;n my studies). / ) Here the two verbs are classified as active. (b) Cayatco tga alaendan. I want them to take it away now. (I want that they may take it away now.) Saanco nga ammo a immayda. I did not know that they had (may have) come. These, the present and the following, cases will be treated later on. They are simply introduced at this point in order to give a complete view of the uses of the ligature. The terminology must appear obscure and even misleading, especially the names "active" and "passive." Their discussion must be reserved, however, for a subsequent section. io. When a verb in the infinitive is dependent on an adjective used impersonally with the copula, or on an adjective formed with the J ILOCO LANGUAGE. 2t prefix "naca" the ligature shows their relation, provided that the dependent verb is in the passive voice. Nalaca nga quitaen. It is easy to see him. Nacaladladingit a dengguen. It was saddening to hear him. NOTE.-Before proceeding to the further consideration of the several parts of speech it may be well to speak of the use of particles in this language. The use of particles attached or embodied in the words is a very characteristic feature of Turanian languages, especially of the Malaysian and American type. A few examples from the Sioux or rather the Dakota language may serve as illustrations. The word "eya" means "he says." From these may be formed other concepts by agglutination, as, for example: eciya, he says to; ceciya, he prays; ceciciya, I pray to you; wicunkiciyapi, we pray to them. Ksa, a root not used independently but signifying a cutting action; kaksa, he cuts with an axe; iglaksa, he cut himself; bayaksa, you cut (as with a saw); icakse, an axe, etc. So in the Iloco there are a large number of particles attached to or intercalated in roots, whether nouns, adjectives, or verbs, giving a wide variety of meanings or restricted applications. These must not be confounded with other particles which, while used only as affixes, are really independent words, as personal pronouns for instance, or the signs of the future or the subjunctive. II. THE NOUN. As has been previously stated, nouns form a very great proportion of the Iloco root-words. Many of these, especially names indicative of action or state, are employed only in composition, others descriptive of qualities are used sometimes alone, but more frequently serve as the base of adjectives, while class-nouns are used as they stand, as for example: aso, dog; pirac, silver; dalan, field, etc. / GENDER. / K i ' ---- There is no terminal, nor any pronominal, distinction of gender. When it becomes necessary to distinguish the sex of living creatures, this is done by using the words lalaqui (male) and babay (female) with the ligature. Examples: calding a lalaqui, he-goat; babuy a babay, sow, etc. A few words indicate the gender, as: ina, mother; ama, father: iquit, aunt, etc. There are no separate words for boy and girl, son and daughter; these requiring the use of the aforementioned words when there must be a definite statement. NUMBER. Unless especially required it is not necessary to give a plural form to nouns, the number being sufficiently signified by the accompanying article or demonstrative, as: ti or iti, the (singular); daguiti or cadaguiti, the (plural); /diUy, this; daguitoy or cadaguitoy, these; etc. Iti babuy. d The pig. Daguiti nuang. f The carabaos. Iti canen daguiti manoc. The chickens' food. Daguitoy gayang. These spears. Daytoy pirac. This money. If, however, it is considered necessary, the plural is generally formed by reduplicating the first syllable of the noun with the following consonant, if one be contiguous. 22 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Cadaguiti balbalay. In the houses. Daguiti silsilid ti conventoyo. The apartments of your convent. Daguiti tattao. The men (people). Daguiti nunuang ti caarobaom. The carabaos of your neighbor. Iti ruguit daguiti pingpinggan. The dirty condition of the dishes. Cadaguiti tautaua ti simbaan. Through the church windows. In this last instance the diphthong "au" is reduplicated. This may be considered a general law for diphthongs, which are "ao," "au,'" "iu," "ay." A few nouns have an irregular plural. They are given below: Uliteg, uncle; uuliteg, uncles. Iquit, aunt; iiquit, aunts. Ubing, child; ub-ubbing, children. Cabsat, brother (or sister); cacabsat, brothers or sisters. Casucub, relation; cacasucub, relations. The following have both a regular and an irregular plural: Anac, son or daughter; annac or an-annac, sons, etc. Ama, father; amma or am-amma, fathers. Ina, mother; inna or in-inna, mothers. Apo, grandfather, master; appo or ap-appo, grandfathers. Asaua, spouse (whether husband or wife); assaua or as-asaua, husbands, wives, the married couple. CASE. The Spanish grammarians, clinging to classic precedent, give as the cases the nominative, genitive, dative, accusative, vocative, and ablative. This classification seems cumbersome and unnecessary. There is no inflection whatever of the noun. There do appear, however, certain inflections in the article, the demonstrative, and in the personal pronoun, which would justify a distinction of cases. But for all practical purposes it would seem that the nominative, genitive, dative and accusative would suffice. The consideration of case will be deferred until the article and pronoun are discussed. SPECIAL FORMS. There are no special forms for augmentatives and diminutives. To, express these the adjectives dacquel (large, big) or bassit (little, small) are employed. Ti pusac a bassit. My kitty (Sp. gatito). Ti asoyo a bassit. Your little dog (poodle, perrito). Iti balayna nga dacquel. His mansion. Certain special classes of nouns are formed by affixing particles. NWITH CA OR QUINA. Abstract nouns are formed from roots by prefixing the particle ca or quina. Iti quinaimbag ti Dios. The goodness of God. Maipoon ti quinasicapna. By his shrewdness. Iti naisangayan a quinalaingna. Her extraordinary beauty. Casano ti cangato ti balaymo? What (casano) is the height (cangato) of your house? Gapo ti quinaalumamay daguiti sa- By the sweetness of his words. sabna. Iti quinadaeg ti Dios. The majesty of God. ! ILOCO LANGUAGE. 23 FORMS IN AQU1N. The particle aquin prefixed to a noun makes the word to mean the owner, proprietor, or author of a thing or work. Asin ti aquinbalay daytoy? Who is the master (dueno) of this (daytoy) house? It is to be observed that the demonstrative applies only to balay (house) and not to the master of it. Asin ti aquincua daytoy a relos. Who is the owner of this watch? Cuac. It is mine. This answer is given in order to show the peculiar and idiomatic placing of "aquin." "Cua" is the root forming the base of the possessive pronouns; and this is frequently used, diverting the particle "aquin" from the object, and making with the particle the meaning "master, owner," etc. Asin ti aquincua ita a cabayo? Who is the owner of that horse? Aquinaramid or aquingapuanan. The author or doer of a work or action. FORMS IN SANGA. When the unit of measurement or form in which an article is traded, handled, referred to, etc., this has prefixed to the root the word sanga. This means one, but is used only in combination, and therefore may be regarded as a particle. Sangavara. A "vara" (Spanish yard). Sangachupa nga manteca. (About a) pound of butter. Sangabuquel a tinapay. A loaf of bread. Sangabuquel a itlog. An egg. (Buquel means any Sangareppet nga root. Sangaili. round object, as a bead on a rosary, loaf or roll, etc.) A bunch of zacatc.j A stranger, a guest from another town (ili). The meaning of this is obscure, unless it be that the stranger is a representative of the town from which he comes. There is another form which indicates the solidarity of a group. This is formed by prefixing sanga and affixing the true particle an. Sanga is sometimes abbreviated to sang. Sangailian. A town. Sangapututan. A family (putut or putot mean * Sangabalayan. Sangaasauaan. Sangapatosan. ing descent). f The inhabitants of a single house. A married couple. A pair of shoes, FORMS IN CA. The particle "ca" prefixed to a root, whose first syllable and following consonant is reduplicated, gives the idea "recently accomplished or produced." It is more commonly employed with adjectives. Aramid (work). Caararamid (work recently complated). Itlog (egg). Cait-itlog (a fresh-laid egg).. 24 ILOCO LANGUAGE. The passive verbal particles "ca - an" unitea to the simple root make a noun denoting a group or a place where there is an abundance of the thing represented by the root. Baquir (bosque, grove brush). Cabaquiran (jungle). Darat (sand). Cadaratan (sand-pit). Cayo (tree). Cacayoan (forest). Root (grass, zacate). Carootan (meadow). Bolo (bamboo). Caboloan (bamboo thicket). VERBALS. The subject of verbal nouns will be reserved until we come to the treatment of the verb proper; the verbal being an element in the conjugation of the verb. A few examples are here given without comment: Iti mammarsua, the creator; dumadanio, a fine singer, prima donna; daguiti manangluto, the cooks. II!. THE ARTICLES. In the Iloco, as in other languages of the Philippine Archipelago, there are two classes of definite articles. One is used for substantives in general, with a few exceptions that will be noted; and this will be called the Common Article, when it becomes necessary to make a distinction. The other is used with proper names of persons and a few other words; and we will call this the Proper Article. THE COMMON ARTICLE. The Common Article has two forms in the singular and two in the plural. In the singular it is "iti" or "ti." In the plural it is "daguiti" or "cadaguiti." Ti is used with the nominative and genitive. Iti is used with the nominative and with all other cases but the genitive. Iti also embraces within itself the meanings of "to, for, with, by, etc."; it is also to be observed that it contains the meaning of the Spanish d when this indicates the accusative with persons, whether nouns or pronouns. The context must determine the particular relation. Daguiti is used for the nominative and genitive plural, while cadaguiti is used for other cases, and also embraces within itself the prepositional powers of iti. EXAMPLES. Iti olo ti balay. The roof of the house. Iti riquep ti balay. Through the door of the house. Ti calding a babay. The she-goat. Daguiti nuang ti caarcbacmn. The carabaos of your neighbor. Cadaguiti balbalay. In the houses. Daguiti caucaues daguiti babbay. The garments of the women. OTHER USES OF TI. The form or word "ti" or "daguiti" is of extensive use in the Iloco, especially "ti." It has in many instances the force of the copulative verb, and will be treated of under that head. It also enters largely into the construction of sentences, being associated directly with verbs and with verbal clauses, these being treated in effect as substantive concepts. ILOCO LANGUAGE. 25 To discuss these in detail at present would involve a recapitulation under the proper headings, or an anticipation now, necessarily obscure, of a subject that can be more intelligently treated in its proper place. A few examples only will be given at present. Sica ti gaiyemmi. Deytoy ti nasudi a imuco. Naquiting daguiti sapinmo. Cayatco ti agpaspasiar. Narigat ti agsurat. Mano ti dinaitanda? You are our friend. This is a beautiful knife. (Emphatic.) Your pants are short. I like walking (for exercise). Writing is difficult. How much do you earn by sewing? THE PROPER ARTICLE. There is in the Iloco, as well as in other Filipino languages, a form of article that is used with nouns in the singular number, these being proper names of persons or terms of relationship and affection. In the nominative it is "ni"; in the genitive, "ni"; in the oblique cases, and with a prepositional force, "quen." In the plural the common article is employed. Ni Pablo. Paul. Ni Antonio. Of Antonio (Antonio's). Iti ruangan ti silid ni Andres. The entrance to Andrew's room. Naquisaritacam quen Basilio. We were talking to Basil. The proper article is also employed with names denoting kinship or the ties of affection, when these have attached to them a pronoun in the possessive or genitive case, whether the pronoun be singular or plural, and if in the first or the second person. Note that with the words for father or mother the possessive pronoun, in the first person singular, is not expressed, but is implied by the use of "ni." Ni amnam, thy father. Ni ina, my mother. Quen ulitegco, for my uncle. Ni apo Padeiyo, your pastor (Padre). Quen gayyemmi, for our friend. IV. DEMONSTRATIVES. The demonstratives are daytoy (deytoy or toy), dayta (deyta, dita or ta), deydi (dayti or di), and dediay. The- first means "this" and corresponds to the Spanish "este." The second means "that" and corresponds to the Spanish "ese." Each of these has its own plural. Daydi and dediay correspond to the Spanish "aquello," that. They have one common plural. Daydi refers to an object pointe'd out, dediay to an object previously spoken of. These dempnstratives, as in Eng- lish, may serve either as definitive adjectives or as pronouns. When used as adjectives the ligature may or may not be employed. Their declension is herewith given: DAYTOY. Daytoy, deytoy, or toy. I/ toy. I ti deytoy, or itoy. SINGULAR. This, of this. For or to this. In, with, by, etc., this. 26 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Daguitoy. Cadaguitoy. PLURAL. These, of these. To, for, with, by, etc., these. Dayta. deyta, dita, or ta. Ita. Iti dayta, or ita. DAYTA. SINGULAR. That, of that. For or to that. In, with, by, etc., that. PLURAL. Those, of those. For, to, in, with, by, etc., those. Daguita. Cadaguita. DAYDI AND DEDIAY. Daydi or di. Idi or iti daydi. Idi or iti daydi. SINGULAR. Dediay. Idiay. Iti dediay or dediay. PLURAL. That, of that. For or to that. In, with, by, etc., that Daguiti or daguidiay. Cadaguiti or cadaguidiay. Those, of those. For, to, in, with, etc., those. EXAMPLES. Dayta tao a bulding. Toy dacquel a ican. Ta lamisaan a bassit. Itoy naruguit a baso. Deyta danum a nalamiis. Iti daydi a balay. Iti dediay (or idiay) a dalan. Nadaeg a cabayo daguitoy. Daguitoy ti naimbag a sacafuegos. Cadaguidiay nga ub-ubbing. That deformed (crippled) man. This large fish. That little table. In this dirty glass. That cold water. In that house. On that road. These are fine horses. These are good matches. With those children. In the plural of the article and of the demonstrative the use of "da' and "cada" should be noted. "Da" indicates the plural, perhaps coming from the plural of the third person of the personal pronoun (aa or ida). The "ca" of "cada" in the oblique cases will be found not only with these, but also with all of the personal pronouns. V. ADJECTIVES. Most adjectives are formed from roots by means of adjunct particles. There are a few,-however, that are used directly as adjectives, that aresimple roots. Some of these are also employed as nouns without undergoing any change; as, "blind, deaf, hunchbacked," etc. Others need the aid of particles to become nouns; as "depth" from "deep," etc. Theprincipal of these (true) adjectives are herewith given: Ababa. Short. Daan. Old (things). Ababao. Shallow, low, su- Dacquel. Large, ta,ll. perficial. Daques. Bad. ILOCO LANGUAGE. 27 - Acaba. Broad. Labang Dappled (as cow, Adalem. Deep, profound. dog, calico. Adu. Much, many. horse, etc.). Aquiquid. Straitened. Lacay. Old (males). A tiddag. Long. Lanpong. Long-haired. Atiddug. Long. Lugpi. Infirm. Baac. Sour, rancid. Paguyud. Lone-haired. Bacneng. Noble, illustri- Pangquis. Cross-eyed. ous. Pasig. Pure, unmixed. Balasang. Young, unmarried Pulos. Pure. (females). Pultac. Bald. Baquet. Old (females). Puquis. Bald. Barengbareng. Vain, frivolous. Pudao. White. Baro. New, young, un- Purao. White. married (males) Risay. With the earsBassit. Little, short, few. torn. Biig. Pure, unmixed. Sabali. Other. Bin-ig. Pure, unmixed. Sapasap. Common, for pubBircug. Vagabond. lic use. Bugagao. Blue- or green- Tuleng. Deaf. eyed. Tuppol. Toothless. Bulding. Deformed. Ub-bao. Vain, unstable. Rulsec. Blind. Ulila. Orphan. Colot. Curly-headed. Umel. Dumb. Cub-bo. Hunchbacked. Umiso. Just, reasonable. Cuppit. Flat- or broad- Ur-uray. Vile, low, despicnosed. able. The plural of these is formed by reduplicating the first 4lla j as, bulsec, bubulsec; pangquis, papangquis; etc. A few form their plurals irregularly, and are here given: Baro. Balasang. Lacay. Baquet. Dacquel. SINGULAR. Young. Young. Old (males). Old (females). Great, tall. v PLURAL. Bab-baro. Bab-balasang. Lal-lacay. Bab-baquet. Dad-dacquel. Elders, parents (n) The adjective in general precedes the word which it qu1aifies or defines. Qualitative adjectives may, however, follow the noun. Except when used as a predicate the adjective always requires the ligature. Cadaguiti nalaua nga taltalonna. Cadaguiti pusam a nasayaat. Iti nalibeg a danum. Iti naimbag a balay-yo. Iti tabaco a naingel. V Iti colot a boocna. Daguiti [bircyg a tao. Iti caues"2faguiti bab-balasang. In his broad fields. For your pretty cats. The turbid water. In your good house. The strong tobacco. His curly hair. The tramps (vagabond men). The dresses of the young (women). DERIVED ADJECTIVES. The greater portion of qualifying adjectives are formed from roots by the use of particles. The particles employed are na, ma, ca, naca, si,. and nag - (an) en. These will be considered in their order. 28 ILOCO LANGUAGE., FORMS IN NA. Adjectives are formed from abstract and concrete nouns by prefixing the particle na. These forms do not admit of a plural. With abstract nouns the meaning of the adjective is readily apparent. As, for example: imbag, goodness; naimbag, good. With concrete nouns or names of objects this particle gives the idea of abundance of the thing represented by the root; as nanuang, having many carabaos; natao, thickly populated; nabalitoc, abounding or rich. in gold; nadarat, sandy; nasalapi, rich or having much money. Iti naingel a arac. The strong wine. Cadaguiti bumbunengda nga nata- With their sharp bolos. dem. Iti nalucmeg a asoc. My fat dog. Deytoy nasayaat a ubingda nga This pretty girl of theirs. babay. Toy napudot a digo. This hot soup. Ili a napagay. A town abounding in (rich in) rice. Arabato a dalan daytoy. This is a stony road. Namanteca nga babuy. A fat pig (of much fat). Nabooc a tao. A man with a good head of hair. FORMS IN MA. The following roots are converted into adjectives by the prefix ma, their plural being formed by the prefix agcaca, the same plural being also used as a substantive:, Sirib, wisdom; masirib, wise; daguiti agcacasirib, the wise; ingel, valor, spiritedness; maingel, valiant, spirited; agcacaingel, the valiant. This is also expressed by the ordinary form naingel. Naquem, prudence, judgment; manaquem, prudent, judicious (the quality having been acquired through experience); agcacanaquem, " -. the prudent, the judicious. There is also a form manacman for the singular formed by eliding "ue," converting "q" into "c," and affixing the particle "an." Nanaquem or nanacman means innately prudent. Uyong or uyung, madness, foolishness; mauyong, crazy, silly, foolish; agcacauyong, the crazy, the fools. FORMS IN CA. The idea of being recently done or accomplished obtains in the adjective that is formed from a root by prefixing the particle ca and reduplicating the first syllable and the consonant following. Sometimes this assumes the form of a noun expressing recentness; as itlog, egg; caititlog, a fresh-laid egg. Luto, the act of cooking. Calutluto, just cooked. Aramid, an act, work. Caararamid, recently done. Anac, a child. Cayananac, new-born. Sangpet, arrival. Casangsangpet, just come. Idda, the act of lying down. Caididda, just gone to bed. FORMS IN NACA. Adjectives indicative of the causing of some emotion, as dreadful, horrible, laughable, etc., are formed by prefixing the particle naca and reduplicating the first syllable and following consonant. This form ILOCO LANGUAGE. 29 sometimes finds no equivalent in the English, and it becomes necessary to translate by a phrase or even a relative clause., Nacapungpungtot ti daques a His bad habits that excite (our) auidna. indignation. Nacagurgura ti im-imisna. His trifling which excites one's anger (or disgust). Nacalulua dayta nga damag. Those tear-causing news. Sometimes the prefixing of the particle causes a syncopation, the vowel of the first syllable being dropped. In such case the ca of naca with the first consonant of the root is reduplicated. From Seddaao: Daguiti nacascasdaao a aramid- Your wonderful work. mo. From leddaang: Ti nacalcaldaang a daga. In this melancholy (depressing) region. It will be observed that in the course of syncopation one of the double letters is dropped. This occurs through the natural laws of euphony. The discovery of the root in this case presents its difficulties. FORMS IN SI. A. By prefixing the particle si to the root with its initial syllable reduplicated an adjective is formed indicating that the subject qualified is to an extreme degree affected by that which the root represents. Siruruguit daytoy a vaso. Naimbag toy a dalan, ngem siroroot. Sililing-etca man? Siseseddaaoca. Sililiday cami. Sibabasaca. Siaayatda unay. This vase is all covered with dirt (extrinsic dirt, very dirty). This road is good, but it is alt grown up in grass. Why are you so sweaty? You are amazed. (Full of astonishment). We are overcome with sadness. You are all wet. They are very well satisfied. B. The same form is used also to indicate that one is supplied with,. equipped with, clothed in, the article indicated by the root. Sipapanescayo? Are you in mourning? Sibobotitosda. They are wearing boots. Sipapandiling iti nalabaga dayta That woman is dressed in a red nga babay. skirt. Sipapaltoogda. They are armed with guns. Apayapay a sibubunengcayo? Why are you equipped with bolos? Addacay ditoy a sisasagaysay nga You are (plural) attired with balitoc. golden combs. USE OF NAPALALO AND NALABES. The adverbial concept "too," "excessively," etc., is expressed in Iloco by the adjectives napalalo or nalabes, which mean excessive, abounding, -30 ILOCO LANGUAGE. -etc., the adjective as it would be in English being a substantive, and the subject qualified being put in the genitive. Thus "She is extremely beautiful" would be rendered "Her beauty is extreme.".Napalalo ti sayaatna. She is extremely beautiful. (The suffix na with sayaat (beauty) means "her.") -Nalabes ti tacrotyo. You are exceedingly cowardly. Napalalo ti laadda. They are awfully homely. Napalalo ti nginada. They are excessively dear (highpriced). _Napalalo ti pigsana. He is very strong Napalalo met. Very (strong) indeed. The adjective "only" (Spanish solo or unico) is expressed in Iloco -by the adverb "laeng" and will be treated under the head of adverbs. Example: Daytoy laeng ti daques. This only is bad. But it is also expressed by reduplicating the first syllable of the word defined with the following consonant: Detdetoy ti daques. This only is bad. Sisiac ti nacacaasi. I only am to be pitied. Sicsica ti natangsit. You only are proud. Lim-lima. Five only. (This is properly an adverbial use as the cardinal "lima" is the word qualified.) EXCLAMATORY ADJECTIVE. Adjectives in exclamatory phrases, whether wonder is expressed by some quality, or for other reasons, have the particle "nag" prefixed to the adjective, while the particle "en" or "n" is appended to the last word of the phrase. The abbreviation "n" is used when the word to which it is affixed terminates in a vowel. If this word ends in "g" the letter "u" is inserted before the suffix. 4f the word ends in "c" this becomes "q' and "uen" is appended. If the word ends in "ng," which -is a single vocalization, the suffix is not affected. Nagadu ti baton! What a quantity of rocks! (How many rocks!) Nagadu ti nuangen! What a lot of carabaos! COMPARISON. There is no true inflectional comparison of adjectives as occurs in languages of the Aryan family. The degrees, however, are expressed -by various methods so as to indicate the same distinctions. THE COMPARATIVE DEGREE. The comparative degree is generally expressed by reduplicating the first syllable of the root and taking with it the consonant of the following syllable. The plural of nouns is formed in the same way apparently, but it is to be observed that in comparison it is the first syllable of the root that is reduplicated. The true or root adjectives in forming their plural reduplicate only the first syllable, not taking the consonant of the succeeding syllable. Thus, bulsec (blind), bubulsec (the blind), bulbulsec (blinder); bato (stone), batbato, (stones), nabatbato (more stony). Dacdacquel daytoy. Nadaldalus daytoy nga arac. Naluclucneng toy a tinapay. This is larger. This wine is clearer. This bread is softer. ILOCO LANGUAGE. 31 The conjunction "than" is ngem or em, "em" being used after the labials b, m, or p. Naim-imbag daytoy ngem dayta. Nasirsirib em sica. Ad-adalem ti carayan ngem idi calmtan. Nasicsicapca ngem siac. Naingingpis toy a pinggan ngem dayta. Naugugaoca ngem ni cabsatmo. Manacnaquem em isuda. This is better than that. He is wiser than you (thee). The river is deeper than it was yesterday. You are shrewder than I am. This plate is finer (more delicate) than that. You are more extravagant than your brother. He is more prudent (judicious) than they are. The conjunction quet *a comparison is made positive degree. Adu daguiti tabaconm. You have many cigars. Naalsem toy a arac. This wine is sour. Masirib ni gayyemmo. Your friend is wise. USE OF QUET. ) is used instead of ngem when in conversation /kO / with a previous statement of quality in the Adadu uetaguiti tabacom. And y ave more. Naalalsem quet daytoy. And this is more so. c, / Masirsirib quet ni cabsatco. My brother is wiser. USE OF SUMANGCA. There is what may be called a conditional comparison. The sen\// tence is introduced by the conjunction "no" (if), the adjective in the first clause has its ordinary form, while in the contrasting clause the adjective loses its characteristic particle, if it have one, and this is replaced by the particle sumangca; followed by "pay," which may be rendered as "still, yet, however," etc., sometimes by "quet." No nasayaat ni Dolores, sumangcasayaat pay ni Encarnacion. If Dolores is beautiful, Incarnacion is still more so. No nabacnangcayo, sumangcabacnang pay ni gayyemco. If you (plural) are wealthy, my friend is even wealthier. No tuleng daytoy, sumangcatuleng pay dediay. If this (man) is deaf, that one is still deafer. No nadaroy toy a chocalate, sumangcadaroy pay ti chocalatem. If this chocolate is weak, yours is still more so. USE OF INGGUET. There is a form of comparison, which by Naves is placed with the superlative, and by him and Spanish linguists rendered by the (Spanish) forms in "isimo," which is a survival of the Latin superlative in 'issimus." In Spanish it might be called the exaggerated superlative. It does not indicate a judgment of the relative merits of more than two contrasted objects, but may be applied to a single thing or circumstance, with which there is nothing contrasted. Thus we say in English "He is a most delightful companion," without meaning that there -are not others equal to or even superior to him. This conception is rendered in Iloco by the use of the independent word "ingguet," which is thus defined by Carro: "Adverbio que unido a nombres abstractos 32 ILOCO LANGUAGE. les hace significar superlativamente, v. gr.; ingguet sam-it, dulcisimo,... ". As sam-it is a noun meaning "sweetness" it might be more proper to speak of ingguet as an adjective, translating it by "superlative, great, exceeding," etc. The same idea of excellence is equally expressed in Iloco by the use of the comparative (reduplication) form. Thus we can say "It is extremely sweet" in two ways: nasamsam-it, or ingguet sam-it. The absence, however, of the ligature places the classification in some doubt, and if ingguet be regarded as an adverb, sam-it (or any other abstract noun) must be regarded as a quality adverbially modified. As the other comparative form may replace this we have put it among the comparatives. Iti ingguet sam-it a moscatelmo. Your very sweet raisins. Iti ingguet sayaat a silidmo. In your extremely beautiful apartments. Iti tulbec ti ingguet pateg a relos- The key of your very precious mo. watch. Nalamlamiis toy a danum. This water is exceedingly cold. Nasamsam-it. It is very sweet. THE SUPERLATIVE DEGREE. The true superlative (classified by Naves as a comparative) is formed by prefixing to the root the particle ca and affixing the particle an. This indicates that the thing qualified has the highest degree of that quality as compared with others. Daytoy ti casayaatanda amin. Sica ti casaldetanda amin. Dacayo ti caulpitan Saguitoy. Dediay ti caturedanda amin. Daytoy ti casulitan. Ti cocheroc ti caliuayan. This is the prettiest of them all.. (The suffix da after the suffix an means "them.") You are the most intelligent of them all. You (plural) are the cruelest of these. That man is the bravest of all. This is the most difficult. My coachman is the most careless (i. e., of my servants). USE OF UNAY. The intensive superlative (usually expressed by "very") is denoted by the adverb unay following the adjective in its simple or positive form. Nasadutca unay. Uray, ta nabacnang unay. daguiti dadacquelco. Nagaguet unay ti ubingyo? Naimbag unay toy a bagas. Natadem unay ti imucom. You are very indolent. No matter, for my parents are very wealthy. Is your boy very active? This is very good rice. Your knife is very sharp. If there be any declension at all of the adjective, that is, as far as degrees are concerned, the reduplicated form for the comparative, and the form in ca an for the superlative, would approach most nearly such an idea. POSITIVE. / Naimbag (good), Adalem (deep), Masirib (wise), COMPARATIVE. Nfaimimbag (better), Adadalem (deeper), Masirsirib (wiser), SUPERLATIVE. Caimbagan (best). Caadaleman (deepest). Casiriban (wisest). ILOCO LANGUAGE. 33 VI. NUMERALS. The Iloco numeral system, in common with all Malaysian languages, is decimal. The Malay counted with his fingers, and his word for hand and five is lima. In the Filipino language this "lima" (five) is always present, but the word for hand in Iloco is ima, the 1 having disappeared. In the language of the Bontoc Igorots lima means arm. An exhibit is here given of the Iloco cardinal numbers: 1 Meysa, / 90 Siam a polio, 2 Dua. V 100 Sangagasut, 3 Tal-lo, 113 Sangagasut, sangapolo 4 Uppat, quet tal-lo, 5 Lima, 200 Duagasut, 6 Innem, 400 Uppat a gasut, 7 Pito, 600 Innem a gasut, 8 Ualo, / 900 Siam a gasut, 9 Siam, V/1,000 Sangaribu, 10 Sangapolo, 2,000 Duangaribu, 11 Sangapolo quet meysa, 4,000 Uppat aribu, 12 Sangapolo quet dua, 5,000 Limangaribu, 20 Duapolo, 6,000 Innem aribu, 28 Duapolo quet ualo, / 9,000 Siam aribu, 30 Tal-lopolo, J 10,000 Sanga lacsa. 50 Limapolo, 40,000 Uppat a lacsa. 60 Innem a pol-lo, 100,000 Sangapolo a lacsa, 70 Pitopolo, / 600,000 Innem a pol-lo a lacsa, 80 Ualopolo, l,000,000 Sanga riuriu, 9,000,000 Siam a riuriu. The word "lacsa" comes from the Sanscrit, anhl means in India one hundred thousand. This word is the root of the exotic English word "lac," as in "a lac of rupees." Note the use of the ligature with uppat, innem and siam, before tens, hundreds, tens of thousands, and millions; also its use between sangapolo, duapolo, etc., and lacsa. USES OF SANGA. The particle sanga (one) is prefixed, as has been shown, to units of tens, hundreds, etc. It appears in Tagalog "sampu" (ten), etc. It is also used to indicate units of measurement, weight, and even more widely than our ideas of units would go. A few examples will illustrate its use in this particular: I Sangadeppa. A "braza" (arm-stretch, about six feet). Sangavara. A (Spanish) yard. Sangachupa nfa manteca. A pound (about) of butter. Sangasalup a bagas. A 'ganta" (about two quarts) pf rice. Uray sangamursac nga tinapay. Not a crumb of bread. Uray sangaigup a digo. Not a mouthful of soup. Sangabuquel a chocolate. A tablet of chocolate. Sangabuquel a itlog. One egg. (For meaning of "bu-- X quel" see the vocabulary.) Sanfg-pesadd nga root. A bundle of zacate. /. 34 ILOCO LANGUAGE. USE OF SAG. In trading where something of value, as a horse, watch, house, field, etc., is in question there is nothing especially idiomatic in the sentences; but where small articles are sold by the piece, as bananas, zacate, mangoes, etc., the custom is to prefix the particle sag both to the numeral or other term of price and to the interrogative "manu" (what), each of these having its first syllable reduplicated. The examples given will include, not only numerals, but other money terms, this being an appropriate place to introduce them. Abel a naingpis daytoy. Sagmamano ti sangavara? Sagbibinting. Sagmamano daguitoy pina? Saglilima nga centimos. Sagmamano daguitoy a manga? Daguiti babassit saggaysa nga bassit (a cuarto, half- a centavo); daguiti dacdacquel sdgsisiping (siping, two cuartos, one centavo). Sagmamano daguiti burnay? Sagsasalapi. Sagmamano ti meysa nga botella ti arac? Sagsisicapat. Manu ti ngina toy a cabayo? Sangapolo quet dua nga pisos quet salapi. This is fine cloth. How much is it a yard? Two reals. How much are these pineapples? Five centimos (apiece). How much are these mangoes? The little ones are a cuarto apiece; the large, a centavo. How much are these jars? Medio peso (fifty cents Conant). How much is that-wine a bottle? One real (worth about six and a quarter cents). What is the price of this horse? Twelve pesos and fifty centimos (salapi). USE OF MAMIN. The cardinals are used with the prefix mamin (preterite, namin) to indicate once, twice, etc. It also has the form maminpin (naminpin), meaning "only so many times." This particle is used also with the subject of the verb (in inquiries) as a suffix meaning "how many times." The suffix sometimes causes the syncopation of the numeral. The preterite form of the particle is a very characteristic feature of the Malaysian languages. These words should be treated of under the head of adverbs. They are referred to here (as will be some examples of the incorporation of numerals into verbs) in order to give an idea of the uses to which the numeral may be put. Maminsan, maminpinsan. Mamindua, maminpindua. Mamit-lo, maminpit-lo. Maminpat, meminlima, maminnem, maminpito, mamin-ualo, maminsiam, maminpolo, etc. Namin-anoca nga nagtalao? Naminpinpat. Namin-ano a nagtaray ti vaca? Naminlima a nagtaray. Once, only once. Twice, only twice. Thrice, only three times. Four times, etc. How many times did you slip off? Four times, nq more. How many times did the cow stray away? It strayed away five times. ILOCO LANGUAGE. 35 USE IN VERBAL FORMS. A few examples only will be given now of the use of the cardinals in verbal forms. Their present explication would be premature. Nagcamano ti lubung.? Nagcalima. Agcamanonto toy a tinapay? Agcapitonto, pitocami. Pagcatloecto laeng. Manu nga itlog daguita? Ualualoda laeng. Sangapuluenda. Manu nga manga ti guinatangmo? Sangpol-lo quet innem. Duapul-luem. Manuaiyo toy a cabayo? Limapol-loanmi a pisos. Pinol-loanda nga pisos laeng. Caualoannacam ni Pedro. Into how many parts is the world divided? Into five. Into how many portions shall this bread be divided? Into seven, for there are seven of us. I am going to buy three only. How many eggs are there? Only eight. Make them ten (i. e., make them up to ten by bringing two more.) How many mangoes are you buying? Sixteen. Get twenty. How much are you giving for this horse? Fifty pesos. They gave only ten pesos for it. Let Peter be the eighth (i. e., make up the party or number to eight). ~ USE OF CANICA. An ancient and almost obsolete (deservedly so) method of counting is by using the particle canica. By this system the numerals from eleven to nineteen, inclusive, would be considered as belonging to the second group of tens (twenty); the tens between one and two hundred would belong to the second group of hundreds (two hundred); etc. So twelve would be canicaduapolo quet dua, one hundred and seventy would be canicaduagasut quet pitopolo, etc. If the second term should lie midway or about midway between it may be omitted. So canicatloribu might signify two thousand five hundred or four hundred or six hundred at pleasure. Of this system Naves says "El modo de contar con la particula canica se usa ya muy poco." Canicaduapolo quet meysa. Canicatlopolo quet lima, Canicaduagasut quet canicatlopolo quet uppat. Canicaduapolo. Canicaduagasut. Canicaduaribu. Eleven. Twenty-five. One hundred and twenty-four. Fifteen. One hundred and fiftyi Equally "one thousand four hundred," "one thousand five hundred," etc. This use will not be referred to again. THE ORDINALS. The ordinals, with the exception of "first," are formed from the cardinals by prefixing the particle "maica." With three, four, and six, there will be noticed a syncopation of those numerals. The ligature is always used between the ordinal and the noun which it limits. The ordinal precedes its noun. 36 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Iti omona. First. Iti maicaualo. Eighth. Iti maicadua. Second, Iti maicasiam. Ninth. Iti maicatlo. Third. Iti maicapulo. Tenth. Iti maicapat. Fourth. Iti maicapulo quet Eleventh. meysa. Iti maicalima. Fifth. Iti maicaduapulo. Twentieth. Iti maicanem. Sixth. Iti maicagasut. Hundredth.. Iti maicapito. Seventh. Iti maicaribu. Thousandth.. DISTRIBUTIVES. The use of these seems to exist in certain idioms. For example, irr trading when the article is sold by the piece, as eggs, mangoes, etc., or by the yard, pound, etc., we have the use of the particle sag with the reduplication of the numeral to show how much a piece, or a yard, etc. This has already been treated of. There is another idiom to be found among the passive verbs, which indicates how many in a distribution comes to each individual. This, will be explained in its proper place. A few examples are here given: Manuancanto? Pitoanacto. What will be your share? Seven. Manuanto a saba ni Juan? Lima- How many mangoes will John reannanto. ceive? Five. VII. PRONOUNS. THE PERSONAL PRONOUN. The personal pronoun in Iloco has three persons, three numbers, and' three cases. It has no distinction of gender. The persons are as in English, first, second, and third. The numbers singular, dual for the first person, and plural. The plural of the first person has also two forms; one including the person or persons addressed, the other excluding them. We shall call these for distinction the first person plural' exclusive and inclusive. The cases are the nominative, genitive or possessive, and an oblique case which includes the idea of the accusative, dative, and ablative, this case, like the article and demonstrative,. containing a prepositional power, in, to, by, etc., which the context must determine. In their inflection it will be seen that many cases, have two forms, one free, the other used only as a suffix. DECLENSION OF THE PRONOUNS. FIRST PERSON. SINGULAR. Nom. Free, Siac, Suffix, - ac, Gen. Suffix, - co or - c, Acc. Free, Caniac, DUAL. Nom. Free, Data, Suffix, - ta, Gen. Suffix, - ta, Acc. Free, Cadata, PLURAL INCLUSIVE. Nom. Free, Datayo, Suffix, - tayo, Gen. Suffix, - tayo, Ace. Free, Cadatayo, i ILOCO LANGUAGE. 37 Nom. Gen. Ace. Free, Free, PLURAL EXCLUSIVE. Dacami, Suffix, Suffix, Cadacami, -camt, cam, — mi' SECOND PERSON. SINGULAR. Nom. Free, Gen. Acc. Free, Nom. Free, Gen, Ace. Free, Nom. Free, Gen. Acc. Free, Sica, Quenca,, PLURAL. Suffix, - ca, Suffix, -- o or -— m, -a y 'I 9 Dacayo, Suffix, Suffix, Cadacayo,/,, it.\ THIRD PERSON. SINGULAR. Isul Suffix, Quencuana or / caniana, — cayo. yo, - na, PLURAL. Isuda or ida, Nom. Gen. Free, Suffix, - da, Suffix, da. Acc. Free, Cadacuada or caniada, v' SYNCOPATIONS. The independent pronouns datayo, dacami, and dacayo, and the suffixes tayo, cami, and cayo, lose their final vowel in the body of a sentence; when they occur at the end they are not syncopated. An ex* ception to this rule is to be noted in the examples under section "b," Independent Nominatives. ~Datay gayyem ida. They are not our friends. Dacay ti natured. You are brave. Cacabsatnacami. We (cami) are his (na) brothers. Saannacam a caarroba. We are not his neighbors. Addacay ditov ac inalddo. You are here every day. Dacam ti natacrot-: We are the cowardly ones. INDEPENDENT NOMINATIVES. The independent or free forms of the nominative, as well as the solitary form of the third nominative singular (isu) are employed as follows. (a) When used alone as the answer to a question: Asino deyta? Siac. Who is that? I. Asino pay? Isuda. Who else? They. Dediay ti ubingmo? Isu. Is that your boy? It is (he). Asinno daguitoy? Dacami. Who are these? We. (b) They are employed when used with emphasis as the subjects of V/ 38 ILOCO LANGUAGE. the verbs "to be" and "to have," and also when used as subjects of active verbs (whose character will be explained under the caption of Verbs); and in such cases they must precede the verb or predicate, and be joined to the same by the article ti. Sica ti napigsa. Dacayo ti naimbag. Datayo ti natacrot. Isu ti nalaad. Dacayo ti mannacagaud. Siac ti namagtugao radacuada. Sica ti nanalus iti paltoogco? You are brave (valiant)..You are the ones who are good. We (i. e., all of us) are cowards. HE is ugly. You are able to row. I made them sit down. Did you clean my gun? USE OF THE SUFFIXES. When there is no especial stress on the subject, that is, of active verbs and of predications with "to be" or "to have," the nominative suffixes are used, appended to the verb or to some other word of the clause. The genitive suffix is employed to indicate possession, and also as the subject of passive verbs. This latter can not well be explained at present, though a few examples will be given. Of these suffixes co and mo are subject to certain mutations: (a). When a word ends in a consonant or in one of the diphthongs ay, uy, iu, or ao, there is no change in these pronouns; but if the word terminate in a vowel then "c" or "m" are used instead of "co" or "mo" (my or thy). (b). When these possessives are appended to the verbal suffixes "an" or "en," the n of the suffix and the o of -the pronoun are dropped, and instead of anco, anmo, enco, enmo, these become ac, am, ec, em. When these verbal suffixes "an" or "en" precede the possessive "yo" (your), the "n" of the verbals is changed to "i"; anyo, enyo, become changed to aiyo, eiyo. The other possessive suffixes suffer no change, except as has been previously noted. There is no suffix for the pronoun of the third person nominative singular. Unless as previously noted, there exists some especial necessity, isu is not expressed. The other persons always need to be ex pressed. Daguiti bototisco a lalat. Iti cal-logongmo. Jti balayco. Agpasagadca iti silid. Agbadangbadangcami. Manginanamaac iti naimbag a naquemmo. Ania ti pinangaramidyo iti nasamit? Asin ti manait cadaguiti badbadom? Adin ti panaitna iti badoc? Leppasentapay ti surat. Painumeiyo daguitoy. Adin ti naguinggaam a nagbasa? Apayapay layatannac? Asin ti nangisquis quenca. Aoan ti ammoc. Sabatec coma ida. My leather boots. Your hat. In my house. Have the room swept. We help each other. I rely on your good judgment (discretion). How (with what) did you make the "dulce." Who makes your shirts? Where is she (na) making my shirt? Let us first finish this letter. Give them some water to drink. How far have you read? Why do you threaten me? Who brushed your hair? I know nothing. I should go to meet them. ILOCO LANGUAGE. 39 THE DUAL NUMBER. The pronouns data and - ta are true duals, meaning "we" and comprising only the speaker and the person addressed. Iti aracta. Our wine (your and mine). Iti bado ti ubingta. Our servant's shirt. Inta maquipagtulag cadacuada. Let us go with them to make the compact. Deydi nga ur-urayenta idi. That is the man we were expecting. Saanta iga suruten ida. We do not follow them. DACAMI, DATAYO. 'The pronouns of the first person plural, datayo, dacami, differ in that datayo includes the person or persons addressed, while dacami excludes them. Saan a deytoy ti forlonta. Intono bigat ti panagpasiarta. Agcacailicami a lima. Agcacadalancami. Intonano ti pammolota? Ita mangrorootcami. Nacataoencami sadi Manila. Mannaquipagdennaca met cadacami? Singirenmi ti utangmo. Saritaem ti biagmo cadacami. Um iniana tayo. This is not our carriage. Let us take a walk tomorrow morning. We five are neighbors. We are school-mates. When shall we go to get bamboo? We are going after zacate now. We were in Manila a year. Would you like to join us? We (will) pay your bill. Tell us the story of your life. Let us rest for a moment. POSITION OF PRONOMINAL SUFFIXES IN NEGATIVE DECLARATIVE SENTENCES. In negative sentences the pronominal suffixes of any case are attached to the negative term. Saanyo a taltalon daguitoy? Saanco a gayyem ida. Saanco a basol dayta. Diacto agsubli ditan. Saandacam a paguiddaen? Dinacay pinagsapul? Saanca nga nacadait idi calman? Are not these your fields? They are not mv friends. That is not my fault. I will not return there again. Did you not bid us retire (go to bed)? Did he not tell you to search (for it)? Were you unable to sew yesterday? POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. f The possessive pronouns are formed by adding the genitive suffixes to the root "cua", which means, thing, article, chattel, etc. They are as follows: cuac, mine; cuam, thine; cuana, his or hers; cuatayo, cuami or cuata, ours; cuayo, yours; cuada, theirs. Asin ti aquincua daytoy a relos? Whose is this watch? It is mine. Cuac. Saanco nga cua dayta inuco. That knife is not mine. (In this sentence the suffix is attracted from the word "cua" to the negative "saan," and takes its full form "co.") 40 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Cuam toy a bado? Cua ti ubing. Cuada toy a calesa? Deytoy ti cuada. Is this shirt yours? It belongs to the boy. Is this calesa theirs? This is theirs. IMPERSONAL PRONOUN. To correspond to the impersonal English "they" (as in the phrase "they say"), the German "man" (as in "man sagt"), the French "on" (as in "on dit"), etc., the Iloco has datao, (Oblique case cadatao). No nagaguet datao, adda laeng pirac. v I No nabannog datao, nadagsen ti bagui. Naragsac datao, no adda iti balay daguiti gagayyem. No aoan ti pirac cadatao, naladingit ti rupa. If one is industrious, one has always money (silver). When one is tired one feels dragged down (the body is heavy). One is glad to be in the house of friends. When one has no money (when there is no money to one) his face is sad. RELATIVE PRONOUNS. For the relative forms who, which and that, the ligature a (or nga) is employed in the Iloco. There is, indeed, no true relative in the language. We find the relative idea contained in many of the adjective forms in naca, as has been already shown (see forms in naca). The relative expressions "he that," "they that" or the compound relatives "who" or "what" are indicated by iti, daguiti or ti; at the beginning of a sentence or clause by iti or daguiti, in the body of a clause by ti. Dediay calding a adda idiay. That goat which is there. Iti libro nga adda cadacuada. The book that you have. Dacayo a maingel. You who have any spirit. Daguiti babuy a nalucmeg. i' The pigs that are fat. Dacayo a nalamiis ti darayo. You who are cool-blooded. Daguiti nacapuy a cas cadacami. Those who are weak as we are. Daytoy ti adda caniac idi. This is what I had before. Quet daguiti adda idiay. And those that are there..INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. The interrogative pronouns are asin (contraction of asino or asinno), who; ania, what; adino (translated adverbially into English, but used as an adjective in Iloco), where; mano or manu, how much, how many. Adino is commonly and correctly contracted to adin. ASINO. This interrogative is usually found in its abbreviated form "asin." It is used with verbs and predications, and in such cases is followed by ti. The forms asino and asinno seem to be used indifferently without regard to number. The case of the interrogative has to be determined by the context. In the question "What is the name of?" asin is used when individuals are referred to, but in the case of animals, places, things, etc., the pronoun ania is employed. ILOCO LANGUAGE. 41 Asino daguitoy? Asin ti adda idiay situtugao. Asinno dediay a nauacray ti boocna. Asin ti aquinca ngarud? Asin ti nagan, ubing? Asin ti nagan ti Padi ti ilim? Asin ti agpuccao? Asin ti pagtamedam? Asin ti paquisasaoaiyo? Who are these (people)? Who is that person sitting there? Who is that woman with her hair down? Whose is it then? What is your name, boy? What is the name of your pastor (Father of your pueblo)? Who is that calling? To whom were you bowing? With whom are you talking? ANIA. This interrogative has a restricted use as a rendering for the English "what?": for it is not used in asking f6r the name of an individual, asin being employed instead; nor is it used in asking the price of an object, the proper word for this being mano or manu. It is used in ordinary questions as in English, except as noted. With verbs it plays an important part, and is often rendered by "why?"; other times with prepositions, the form of the preposition being largely determined by the character of the verbal particle attached to the root. This will be fully entered upon under the head of "Verbs." Ania ti aramidmo ditoy? Ania ti nagan daytoy? Tulbec ti nagan daytoy. Ania ti nagan ti adda iti olom? Ania ti nagan ti asom? Ania ti gapuna nga agsangit ti ubingmo? Ania ti pagladingitaiyo? Ania ti pagpadaitmo? Ania ti pinangatepda iti simbaan? Ania nga horas ti panagmisa ti Padi? What are your duties here? What is the name of this? It is called a key. What is the name of that thing on your head? What is your dog's name? For what reason is your boy crying? Why are you sad? With what are you sewing? With what are they roofing the church? At what time does the priest say mass? NU. Manu or mano means "how many." Its use in trading has already been spoken of. (See uses of sag under the head of "Numerals.") In the question "How old are you, is he," etc., this pronoun is used with ti and taoen (year); as for example, "Manu ti taoenmo?" "How many years have you?" This numeral is used with certain verbal particles to form a verb with the sense of division or partition, the signification "how many" remaining. In the idiomatic use of this pronoun (as the examples will illustrate) the translation may sometimes be "what," "how," etc. Its meaning, however, is sufficiently obvious. Manu ti taoen ni amamr? Manu ti tangdanmo? Mano ti ngina? Sagmamano daguitoy a saba? Agcamanonto ti bacaf Mano a quita daguiti pinggan? How old is your father? What salary do you receive? What is its price? How much are these bananas? Into how many portions shall this beef be divided? How many kinds of dishes are there? 42 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Manonsa ti ngina daguiti alfom- How much might (sa) these rugs. bra? be worth? (A euphonic n is; intercalated between mano and sa.) ADINO. This pronoun almost always appears in its abbreviated form "adin." It is a true pronoun, but its rendering into English is almost invariably by the adverb "where." The phrase "adin ti yan" ("what is the place, of") frequently occurs and is best translated adverbially. It occurs. without the "yan" in certain modifications of the verb, and has the same rendering. Adin ti yanna? Adin ti pagurayanda caniac? Adin ti pagturungan toy a dalan? Adin ti panglacuanda cadaguiti manga? Sadin ti nangalaan iti apug? Adin ti nanacaoanna? Where is he? Where are they waiting for me? Where does this road lead? Where do they sell mangoes? From what place did you get the sand? (Sadi or sadin, probably from an original sadino, means always "from what place," "whence." Where did he commit the theft?, ANO. In making inquiry as to dimensions the interrogative pronoun casana is employed. It is most conveniently translated by "how" with the adjective of the dimension in question. Literally the phrase would be "what is the height, width, etc." Casano ti cangato ti balaymo?.How high is your house? Casano ti catayag (tayag, height How high is your horse? of human beings and other animals) ti cabayom? Casano ti calaua dayta nga abel? How wide is that cloth? INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. The most important of the indefinite pronouns are: adu (much), bassit (little, few), which are used either as adjectives or pronouns; aoan (no one, nothing), and adda (some one, something), which are used also as verbs and as adverbs; sabali (other), maysa ti maysa ti (the one the other), daguiti dadduma (some, others),. amin (all). Adu cano. Aduda nga mangan. Nabassit acon. Aoan ti adda. Aoan ti napan. Adda agcurang. No ita aoan ti agcurang. Adda sabali ditoy, ni! Maysa ti agdait quet maysa ti agbasa. Agbasa daguiti, dadacquel, quet daguiti dadduma aglualoda. They say that there are many. There are many to eat. Little remains to me now. There is nothing.? No one has gone. Something is lacking. Now nothing has been omitted. See, here is another! One is sewing and other is reading. The elder ones are reading and the others are at prayer. iLOCO LANGUAGE. 43 Daguiti dadduma addada ti siroc, daguiti dadduma addada idiay Asilidmodada ami7 Addada aminen. Addada aminen. Some are below, the others are in your room. Are all here? All are here now. INTENSIVES. For the intensive forms of the personal pronouns, myself, etc., the adverb met laeng is employed. This form is also used for "the same.' Siac met laeng ti agsurat. I shall write myself. Isu met laeng. He himself. Dacay met laeng a dacayo. You yourselves in person. Dayta met laeng. That is the same. VIII. ADVERBS. In using the word adverb we are speaking from our own point of view rather than from that of the Iloco. While there are a number of true adverbs, there are again adverbial ideas expressed in various ways, as for instance: (A) by the inherence of the adverbial element in the root itself, whose best translation into English will generally be by a verb with its qualifying adverb; (B) by a true Iloco verb form with a qualifying word, which may be rendered sometimes as a noun qualified bv an adjective, the verb assuming a substantive character in translation; (C) by the power of some particle, whether affix or intercalation; (D) by a noun qualified by an adjective, where we would employ an adjective and its adverb. Sometimes the adverb, even when it is at other times used independently, is embodied in the word qualified. Among these are several auxiliaries, and it has been thought well to introduce here as a distinct sub-class all of these under that heading (Auxiliaries). While certain negatives will be treated elsewhere as verbs, they wilt also be treated of here, as having a distinct adverbial character. The dividing line between the adverb and the conjunction is, in some instances, rather shadowy and arbitrary. We shall endeavor to place them where they seem to belong logically. A 1 A verbal root may contain within itself the idea both of a verb and adverb, and in rendering into English these must appear. A few examples are given for illustration. Agaluadca. Go carefully. Aguinayadca nga agsurat. Write slowly. (The root inayad signifies "slowness." For the use of the ligature between the two active verbs aguinayadca and agsurat see Article I (the Ligature), Section 9 a.) Agsiglat (also Agcarting). To do anything briskly, efficiently. Aguin-inot (from inot). To do anything at intervals (poco a poco, as one has opportunity in the multiplicity of duties). Aguin-inotda nga agalad. Let them build the fence (agalad) at odd times. ILOCO LANGUAGE. B An adjective is used to qualify the verb, which then appears to:assume the character of a substantive. Naimbag ti turogco itoy a rabi-i. Daques unay ti pannuratda cada. guiti sursurat. -Naimbagca nga dumait. Nalaca ti panagala iti darat. Napigsa ti tudo. Nalibeg pay bassit ti danum. Adayo pay bassit ti fiesta ti ili. I slept well tonight. They write (the letters) very badly. You are a good sewer. Hauling sand is easily done. Does it rain hard. (Literally: "Is the raining hard.") The water has cleared a little. The town-feast is rather (bassit, a little) distant yet. C By the use of particles (verbal and others) an adverbial meaning is -frequently given. The power of the verbal particles will be considered in discussing the several classes of verbals. Reduplication also, or the repetition of the verb and of other parts of speech conveys an adverbial -significance. The particle -- en appended to a word often gives the meaning of the Spanish "ya" (now, just, already). When the word ends in a -consonant or one of the diphthongs the full form is used. If the word -ends in a vowel the "e" is elided. After the personal pronoun of the first (siac), and aftVr the abbreviated personal suffixes of the first and second persons singular "c" and "m"), the en becomes on. Addaca ditoyen? Are you here already? Addaac iti tugaoen. I am seated now. Adda ditoy ti natilioen. The prisoner is here now. -Siacon. It is just I. Cabayomon. The horse is now yours. Rumabiin. It is just now clearing up. Bumaba cayon. Go down now. The idea of "recently" is indicated by the use of certain particles, as: -apag with the root, or by ca with the first syllable and its following,consonant reduplicated. Apagluto. Apagcasar. ~Casangsangpet. Caititlog. Catugtugao.,Caararamid. Recently cooked. Lately married. Recently arrived. A freshly laid egg. Just seated. A work or thing recently done. The interrogatives ania, adino, sadino, acquire with certain verbal modifications and the use of "ti" an adverbial character. Adin ti manusaaiyo iti ubing? Where did you punish the boy? Ania ti pagladingitam? Why are you sad? Sadin ti paggapuan ti angin? Where does the wind come from? Ania ti saanyo a nagsagadan iti Why have you not swept my room silidco. yet? Certain verbal particles carry with them an adverbial significance, as is illustrated by the following examples: Isu ti namosipos (from posipos or He revolved the globe for a pusipus) iti globo. while (nam). ILOCO LANGUAGE. 45 Innac bumasa. Tumudo laeng. Saanca nga naquirangcap quencuana iti suca? Agbadangbadangcami. I am going to read for a littlewhile (urnm). It rains only a little (urnm). Did you not ask him for the vinegar gratis (naqui)? We aid each other mutually (agbadang). The simple reduplication of the first syllable and following consonant sometimes gives the force of "only" ("unicamente"). Sicsica., Up-uppat. V/ Ual-ualoda. Sicsica ti natangsit. You only. Only four. There are only eight. You only are vain. The adjective reduplicated and with the possessive suffix, preceded by adda or aoan, has in it the adverbial idea of "slightly," "a little bit," etc. Adda pantgpangquismo. You are a little cross-eyed. Aoan ti tactacrotda. They are not a bit afraid. Adda tul-tulengna. He is slightly deaf. The repetition of the verb, with la (laeng) and the ligature nqa intervening, gives in certain instances the meaning of "constantly," "moreand more," etc. Lumamiis la nga lumamiis. It is getting colder constantly. Ngumisit la nga ngumisit. It is getting blacker and blacker all the time. Agsangit la nga agsangit. She is crying more and more. The adverb man seems to be an expletive, like "well" in English,. "donc" in the French, or "schon" in the German. It is used with the particle - en, or it is used itself as a suffix to the first word of a: phrase, with en as a suffix to the last. Dica man mamati? Why (pray) do you not believe?' Umayca man. Come, please. Addaac manen ditoy. I am here again. (In combina — tion with en the meaning is. "again" [otra vez].) Addacayman ditoyen? Are you here again? The numeral adverbs are formed with the cardinal numbers and the prefixes marmin, maminpin, namin, naminpin, the forms mamin, namin,. make the simple numeral adverb; the forms maminpin, naminpin, indicate "only" in addition to the numeral. The forms in "m" are for present time, those in "n" for past. Maminsan, mamindua, mamit-lo, maminpat, maminlima, maminnem, maminpito, maminualo, mamninsiam, maminpolo, etc. Maminpinsan, maminpit-lo, maminpinnem, etc. Naminpolo a nagtarayan ti baca. Once, twice, three times, etc. Once only, only. three times, onlysix times, etc. The cow ran away (escaped) temn times. D The English "too," "exceedingly," etc., or the Spanish "demasiado,"' are expressed in Iloco by the adjective napalalo (from the root palalo 46. ILOCO LANGUAGE. or lalo, demasia) or by nalabes (from labes, demasia). This qualifies the noun, which signifies the property defined and has the possessive as a suffix. Where we would say, for instance, "it is too dear," the Iloco would say "its price (ngina) is excessive." Napalalo ti ingpisna. He is excessively simple. Napalalo ti pigsana. He is extremely strong. Napalalo ti nginana. It is too dear. Nalabes ti tangquenda. They are too hard. TRUE ADVERBS. The true adverbs may best be shown by examples. The same adverb may occur free or incorporated as euphony or custom of language may demand. Addada ditoy daguiti soldado? Are the soldiers here? (ditoy). Agpaditoyta man, gayyem. Friend, let us go this way ( Adda dita ti pagtinteruanen? Oen, addada idiay a agbasbasa. Agpaidiaycayo. Sadino ni cabsatmo; idiay baquir? Adin ti yan ni amam? ditoyta man). Is the inkstand there yet? (dita --- en). Yes, they are reading there (idiay). You go in that direction (idiay ). Where is your brother; in the woods? (sadino). Where is your father? (adin ti yan). The words used in expressing the superlative degree or in comparison have been already noticed in that connection. Ingguet is thus defined in Narro's Vocabulary: "Adverbio que unido a nombres abstractos les hace significar superlativamente, v. gr.: ingguet dalus, limpisimo, t.. " Nagaguet unay ti ubingco. Nalaoag unay ti panagbalicasda. Nangrona unay iti bigat. Iti ingguet sayaat a silidmo. Iti ingguet laing a.maguingna. My boy is very active (unay). They pronounce very distinctly (unay). Especially in the morning (nangrona unay). In your very fine apartment (ingguet). On her very beautiful brow (ingguet). The negatives are aoan, saan, and di-. Aoan signifies "there is not," "has not," "is not" (when referring to location or position, or that an article is in supply or exists). Saan and di (with the same meaning) denote simple predication. Saan always requires the ligature after it. Di always has some particle attached to it. All these negatives are used as verbs. Saan and di take the pronominal suffixes and the auxiliary particles to and sa. When these are attached to di a euphonic "n" is intercalated. Both aoan and saan are employed as free negatives. Aoan dita ti cal-logongmo. Your hat is not there (aoan dita). Aoan pay ti cocherof Is the driver not here yet? (aoan Aoan pay. Ta aoan a pulos ti inapuymi. pay). Not yet (aoan pay). Because we have not a bit (a pulos, absolutely) of (boiled) rice. (aoan a pulos). ILOCO LANGUAGE. 47 Dipay agbunga toy a cayo. This tree does not as yet bear / fruit (dipay). Ditay gayyem ida. They are not our friends (di — ). Diac macagunay. I am not able to move (it) (di — ). Diac soroten ida. They do not follow me (di — ). Dinto daques? Is it not bad? (di-). Saanco a balay daytoy. This is not my house (saan-). Saan met. Not at all (saan met). Saancay nga agcaina? Ate you not children of the same mother? (saan-). Oen, adda met ni cabsatco. Yes, he is also my brother (oen, - met). Saan, sabali ni inac. No, I had a different mother (saan). Laeng is classed' by Naves as an adjective. Its place seems to be among the adverbs, meaning "only" ("solo, unico, unicamente"). It is sometimes abbreviated to la ("Agsangit la nga agsangit.") It sometimes has the meaning of the Spanish "ya." Lima laeng dacami. We are only five (laeng). Ita pay laeng. Right now (ita pay laeng). Inapuy laeng ti adda. There is only morisqueta (boiled rice) (laeng). Sica la ti natangsit. You only are vain (la). Ditoy met laeng ti pagsuratac. Right here is where I do my writing (ditoy met laeng). Adverbs of time should properly include such phrases as every day, in the morning, etc., especially as some of these are indicated by idiomatic constructions. Ita, ita unay, itatta. Ita nagtalao. Masapaca ditoy no bigat. Naladaoca nga immay. Aguyec iti sagpaminsan. Patinayon ti panagpaspasiarda. No dadduma agbasaac, no dadduma agsuratac. Ita nga aldao. Idi calman. Inton bigat. Itay bigat, malem, rabi-i. Intono (or no) bigat, malem, rabi-i. Cadaguiti malmalem. tfnttn bigat ti panagpasiarta? Now. Right now. At this very moment; instantly. He escaped just now (ita). Be here early in the morning ( sapaca ditoy no bigat). You are late in coming (ladao-). He coughs occasionally (sagpaminsan). They are taking a walk all the time (patinayon). Sometimes I read, sometimes I write (no dadduma). To-day (ita). Yesterday (idi). To-morrow (inton). In the morning, evening, night (itay). (Future time) in the morning, etc. (intono or no). In the evenings (mal -). Shall we take a walk tomorrow morning? (intono). The particle (intercalated) in is commonly used to signify "every" 48 ILOCO LANGUAGE. (portion of time) as years, months, etc. Instead of this may be used the form patinayon a. Binigat, or patinayon a bigat. Every morning ( in — ). Minalem. Every evening (-in- ). Inoran-horas. Hourly (in ). Inal-aldao. Every day, daily (in — ). Dinomingo (from Spanish Do- Weekly ( - n —). mingo). Binulan-bulan. Monthly ( in- ). Tinauen-taoen. Annually (-in- ). Addacay ditoy a inaldao. You are here every day (in — ) A few more of the most important adverbs are given, although this does not pretend to exhaust the list. Casano has been treated before as an interrogative pronoun. Ania ti gapuna is practically a complete form of the interrogative, meaning "What is the reason?" Ania ti gapuna (from gapo, cause, Why are the boys laughing? reason), nga agcatcatua daguiti (ania ti gapuna). ub-ubbing? Apayapay a sitatapuccaf Why are you all covered with dust? (apayapay). Ta sitatapuc met ti dalan. Because the road was also dusty (ta met). Apayapay a agsangsangitca? Why are you crying? (apayapay). Casano ti panagsirvi ti cocinerom? How does your cook please (serve) you? (casano). Casano ti panagbasa ti ubing? How does the boy read? (casano). Casano ni imam? How is your mother? (casano). Casano ti caracadmo? How are you? (What is the state of your health?) (casano). No tulenu daytoy, sumangcatuleng If this one is deaf, that one is pay dediay.. also just as deaf (pay). The adverb pay has been given before. It will be noted that it always follows, and is frequently incorporated in a word, as in the following: Idi ubingacpay adda met bassit ti When I was a boy, I also had piracco. (but) little money (-pay). Amnmac cadi. Perhaps I know (cadi). Caasiannac cadi. Have pity (pray) on me (cadi). Apaman a nangted. He gave hardly anything (apaman). Apaman adda danum iti daytoy There is scarcely any water in a burnay. this jar (apaman). Dael ta maquita dediay a bituen. One can hardly see that star (dael ta). THE AUXILIARIES. A number of the auxiliaries are true adverbs. It has been thought well to give all of these here in a group, although some are properly conjunctions. 1st, Preterite indicative: Idi. When (historical), then. Caano. When (historical). 2d. Future indicative: *-to. When this suffix is attached to a word ending in a vowel, a euphonic "n" is intercalated. ILOCO LANGUAGE. 49 3d. Present subjunctive: Ngata. Probably, possibly, as indicating a certain degree of uncertainty. - sa. The same as ngata. When the word to which it is attached ends in a vowel, as with - to, a euphonic "n" is intercalated. Intono, tono, anton-ano, no. When. This is used of an uncertain or problematical future. Nupay. Although (aunque). Uray. Although (aunque). Imperfect subjunctive: No coma, or (simply) coma. Pluperfect subjunctive: No coma no. If. Where the phrase is employed there is always an intervening word. If. These words are not separated. Optative: Sapay coma ta. "0 that he may or might," "would God that." (Spanish "Ojala" with the subjunctive.") NOTE.-The future particle " — to" often needs to be rendered by our potential, or by some equivalent expression indicating necessity, as: "ought to," "should," etc. EXAMPLES: Adu ti piracco idi. Idi addada pay ditoy. Addada ditoy idi calman. Caano ti pinagcasar ti anacmo? Caano ti pinaggatangda cadaguiti taltalon? Caano ti pinagpunasda cadaguiti pinggan? Adunto ti piracmo. Addaacto ditoy. Napigsanto daytoy a aso. Addacanto ditoy no malem. Aoan ngata ti sarmingmo? Manu ngata. ti bacana? Nalutulot ngata ti dalan. Dicansapay nagdigos Mangmangansa. Aggapunsa iti abagatan. Daan san. Intono naimbag ti tiempo. Inton-ano ti panagdaitmo iti sapinco? Intono agsardeng ti tudo. I had much money then. While they were still here. They were here yesterday. When was your son married? When did they buy those fields? When did they wash the dishes? You will have (make) much money. I will be here. This dog ought to be brave. You should be here this evening. Have you not a mirror? How many cattle has he (probably)? Possibly the road is muddy. Have you not bathed yet? (Uncertainty as to answer denoted by sa.) Possibly he is (he may be) eating. It seems to come from the South. It must be old now. When the weather is good. When will you sew (mend) my pants? When the rain stops. 50 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Nupay adu daguiti caldingyo. Nupay aoan ditoy ni ama. ( ray aoan ti piracco. No acan coma asom. No adda coma ditov. No naimbag coma ti aracda. No coma no nasingpetca. No coma no saanda nga nacarit. No coma no aoancav ditoy. No nagsagadca coma, nadalus coma ti silid. Agdigosac coma. Agpalaudac coma. Sapay coma ta adda ditoy. Sapay coma ta aoanda iti uneg. Sapay coma ta saan a isu. Though you may have many goats. Although my father is not here. Although I have no money. If you should not have a dog. If he were here. If their wine were good. If you had been sincere. If they had not been obstinate. If you had not been here. If you swept the room it would be clean. I should like to bathe. I should like to go west. Would that he were here. Would that they are not within (the house, at home). Would that it were not he. IX. PREPOSITIONS. In treating of the article, demonstrative, and the personal pronoun, it was stated that in the oblique cases certain prepositional ideas were implied. Thus in the genitive "of," in the dative "to" or "for," and in the (so-called) accusative "by," "with," "in," the Spanish "a" with the accusative of persons, and others were implied. There is no difficulty in determining what the preposition should be with genitives and datives. Nor in other instances is the difficulty very great. As will be shown hereafter, the verb is formed by means of certain verbal particles incorporated into the root. With active verbs each of these particles is further modified as to its particle to denote the direction of the action, whether referring to the instrument of the action, the cause or purpose, the person to whom it is directed, the time when, or the place where it was done, or the manner in which it was performed. In rendering such concepts into English or almost any other modern language the use of a preposition becomes necessary; and the particular character of the verbal particle will indicate with greater or less precision what the preposition should be. We shall give some examples from one or more classes of verbs to illustrate our meaning, reserving further explication until the Verb itself is treated of. The root "dait" means "the act of sewing ('costura')." If to this be prefixed the particle "ag" it becomes "agdait" which is the simplest form of the verb in "ag," and means "to sew." From this the modifications before referred to are made. Ania ti pagdaitmo? With (pag) what are you sew Iti balay ni Incarnacion ti pagdaitac. Asin ti pagdaitam? Asin ti pagdaitem? ing? I am sewing in (pag) the house of Incarnacion. (Or: at Incarnacion's.) For (pag) whom are you sewing? Whom do you order to sew? (In Spanish the preposition "a" would be required in translation; "A quicn," etc.) At (panag) what time do you sew? Ania nga horas ti panagdaitmo? ILOCO LANGUAGE. 5I FORMULAS WITH "MANG." Mangalaca iti meysa nga palangca. Iti bolo ti pangatepda iti simbaan. Adin ti panglacuanda cadaguiti manga? Ita ti panangyegda cadaguiti itlog. Bring a chair. (This is the simple, primary form.) They are making the roof of the church of (or covering with [pang]) bamboo. In (pang) what place are they selling mangoes? They are bringing the eggs now (at this time). INDEPENDENT PREPOSITIONS. There are a few independent prepositions. The principal of these are: gapo (by), idiay (in), maipoon (through), ruar (without, outside of), sadi (at, in), sipud (from), taga (of origin, i. e., place from which), uneg (within). Gapo ti quinaalumamay daguiti sasaona. Adda idiay cocina. Adda idiay silidna ni asauac. Inta idiay balay ni gayyemta. Maipoon ti quinasicapna. Ennacto iti ruar ti ili. Idi addaacpay sadi Europa. Addaca idi sadi America. Addada sadi amianan. Sipud ditoy. Sipud ti quinaubignna. Taga Visayasac. Taga America ti omona cadaguiti ub-ubbingco, taga Vigan ti maicadua, quet ti maicat-lo taga ditoy. Yanoca Senor? (or Tagaanoca Senor?) Tagabacnotanac (or "Ibacnotanac"). Ti relosmo adda idiay uneg ti baulna. ( By the sweetness of his words (discourse). He is in the kitchen. (Idiay is used where the place is habitu2 ally used or resorted to; as a store for a merchant, his office for an official, his kitchen for a cook, a friend's house frequently resorted to, etc.) My wife is in her room. Let us go to our friend's house. Through his astuteness. I am going out of town. I was at that time in Europe. (Sadi is used with the names of countries, towns, grand divisions, points of the compass, etc.) You were then in America. They are (in the) North. From' here. From his childhood. I am Bisayan (from the Bisayan section). Of my servants, the first is from America, the second is from Vigan, and the third is from here. I am from Bacnotan' (The "y" of the question and the "i" of the answer are one and the same, and is an idiomatic use of a particle to express the same idea as the preposition "taga.") Your watch is in his trunk. USE OF CERTAIN NOUNS. Prepositions indicating relative position show in our language,.as in other European languages, a substantive origin; as "beside, back of, 52 ILOCO LANGUAGE. inside, below, before, in the midst of," etc. In the Iloco many of these concepts are regarded as pure substantives, and are treated as such, the article also being employed. For example, "on" would be "on the top of" (iti rabao), "under" would be "in the beneath" (iti siroc), etc. Adda iti babana. Adda iti bucut ti aparador. Addada iti canauanco (iti catiguidco). Agpaspasiar ni asauac iti iguid ti baybay. Dica aguian iti licudco. Addada nga agsarsarita iti ngato ti agdan. Adda ti tinterom iti rabao ti lamisaan. Adda daguiti botitosmo iti siroc ti catre. Iti tengnga ti dalan. (Carayan, rabi-i, rigat.) It is below him. It is behind the sideboard. They are on my right (on my left). My wife is taking a walk along the shore of the sea. (Baybay is that portion of the sea which is contiguous to the land.) Don't go (be) behind me. They are conversing there at the head of the stairway. Your inkstand is on the table. Your boots are under the bed. In the middle of the road. (River, night, work.) INCORPORATION INTO VERBS. Certain words that would have the character of prepositions in English are, in the Iloco, embodied as verbs. Adanian. Asitgan (from asideg, "proximity"). Dumna or dumdumna (from denna, "near"). Umauay (from auay). Rummuar '(from ruar, without, fuera). Iruar. (From ruar as before). Manipud (from sipud, "desde," from) ditoy, engga sadi Vigan saan a nagsardeng. Manipud ita saanmo nga aramidenca. Pasiquigen (from siquig, to one side, "al lado de.") To approach (draw near [adani] to.) To be near (asitg) a person or place. To be near to. To go to the outskirts (barrios or outlying fields) of (auay) a town. To go out from (muar) a place. To take out of a box or other receptacle what was in it before. After leaving (going from [ipud]) there he did not stop until he reached Vigan. Don't do it any more (manipud) ("Desde ahora" -Sp.) To lay aside. PREPOSITION IMPLIED BY PARTICLE. In some instances there is 'the implication of a preposition in the "verbal particle. A few examples are here given without comment: Maquipanac cadacayo. I am going with (maqui) you. Innac met maquipagsao quenca. I am also going with (magquipag) you to have a talk with him. Naquiiddaac quencuana. I slept with (maqui) him. Caluban ti burnay. Put the lid on (an) the jar. ILOCO LANGUAGE. 53 Dapuaiyo toy a ruguit. Put (some) ashes on (a) this filth. Matmataeiyo ti agsucat iti arac? Are you measuring the vino by (e) the eye? Pinatengngedac. I tied him by (pina —a) the neck. X. CONJUNCTIONS. The Iloco is somewhat rich in conjunctions (words and phrases). A list of the more important is here exhibited. Iti ababa nga sao, ania ti adda? Abusman pay ta Abusta tinacaoandac indac pay binaot. Agpayso unay Amin no addacay Apayapay nga agsangit ti ubing? Apayapay a nabuong toy a vaso? Bareng no masapulam ti naaoanmo. Cada. Cas calman pay laeng ti ipapatay ni Marcelo. Cas bato toy a cayo. Casta nga agpayso, Conma. Da. Inganza addam ditoy — -. Em. Isu ti gapuna Maysapay napanglauada. Umay ngarud. Agluganca ngarud iti forlonco. Nasayaat ti forlonco ngem daan bassiten. Oen, ngem aoan ti tintana. Nasicsicapca ngem siac. In short, what is there? In addition to this After that (abusta) they had robbed me they beat me. It is very certain thatSince (because [amin no]) you have come Why (apayapay) is the boy crying? How (apayapay) was this glass broken? Go and see if (bareng no) (as expressing doubt) you can find what you have lost. A connective used in conjunction with "quen," (See "quen.") It seems as if (cas) it were but yesterday that Marcelo died. This wood is like (as if [cas]) stone. In effect Particle used with the subjunctive. (See the Auxiliaries.) 'Used in connection with "quen." (See "quen.") Since (because [ingana]) you are here Contraction or synonym of "ngem," which see. For that reason Furthermore (maysapay) they are poor. Let him come then (ngarud). Get in my carriage then (ngarud). Mine is a fine-looking carriage, but (ngem) it is a little old (somewhat old) now. Yes, but (ngem) he has no ink. You are brighter than (ngem) I am. The conjunction ngem is used in certain instances with the comparative degree, to express or indicate contrast of superiority (or inferiority). Naves says that "em" is used in its place after the consonants b, m, or p. Narro in his vocabulario uses this form in other instances. I am informed that among the more Northern Ilocano the form "em" is not employed. 54 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Manacnaquem em isuda. Naimimbag daytoy em dediay (Narro.) Cayatda em Nupay adda bassit a digo, nalamiis. Nupay. Oenno annugutem oenno baotenca. Daques ti tinapaymo, napait pay. Anacnaca piman ni Pablo quet isu ti gapuna nga casta ti aramnidino. Agbatiacto ditoy ta sica piman ti aquinbilin. Quen. He has better judgment (is more judicious) than (em) they. This is better than (em) that. They want to, but (em) Although (nupay) there is a little soup it is cold. For further uses of nupay see the Auxiliaries. Either (oenno) obey or (oenno) take a whipping. Your bread is poor (bad), furthermore it is sour. It was enough in effect (piman) that you were the son of Pablo (to know that) for that reason you would do your work so (well). I shall remain here since (ta) it is, in effect, your will. General meaning "and." The use of quen is very idiomatic. In enumerating several individuals, when all or some of them are proper names, quen is used before the last of these. If there be two enumerated the phrase begins with da, provided that the word be not a personal pronoun; if it be, then this pronoun is plural, even though the individual be in the singular number. Thus, instead of saying "John and I," the Iloco would have it, "We and John"; instead of saying, "that horse belongs to him and his uncle," it would be "_ _ to them and his uncle." The rationale of this seems to be that the group is a plural aggregation, and that the pronoun takes necessarily the plural number. Da Juan quen Pedro. Dacay quen Juan. Daytoy ti balaymi quen Juan. Dediay ti cabayo da Antonio quen Pedro. John and (da - quen) Peter. You (singular or plural) and (dacay quen) John. This is John's and my ( mi quen) house. This horse belongs to Antonio and (dao quen) Peter. When more than two individuals are enumerated the word cada precedes the second and each of the following names or nouns, excepting the last, where quen is the connective. Dacay, cada Juan quen Cirila. Da Lino, cada Pablo, cada Roberto quen daguiti sacristan. You (singular probably), John and (dacay, cada quen) Cerila. Linus, Paul, Robert and the sacristans. In disjunctive phrases, where we would use "whether --- or' quen is employed before the second term, and needs to be rendered by "or." Adda piracna quen aoan. Naquirsang quen nalinis. Quet. Whether he have money or (quen) no. Whether it be rough or (quen) smooth. And; sometimes "than"; sometimes "that." ILOCO LANGUAGE. 55 Quet is commonly employed to connect clauses, also several words predicated of the same subject. It has use as a causal serving to give reason for what is said or commanded. It also is used in comparisons, where in reply to one statement of quality a greater degree is predicated of another; and in such case it is rendered by "than." Umayca quet ayabannaca ti Padi. Ni Antonio nasingpet quet natuloc. Dacquel quet nasayaat ti asoc. Adu daguiti tabacom. Adadu quet daguiti tabacom. Masirib ni gayyemco. Masirsirib quet ni cabsatmo. Adda butaca iti salasda? Palangca quetdi ti adda. Daya quetdi ti paggapuanna. Oenno mangTmang an quetdi. Saan met sica ti aquinbasol. Santo maysa natangquen ti bato. Immayac ta adda ditoy daguit cacasinsin co..Aoan ti chocalate ta aoan pay ti cocinero. Pinaayabanca tapno quitaem daytoy. Uray no asinoman. Adunsa met ti uleg: uray ta sibubutitostayo. Uray aoan ti piracco. Come, for (quet) the Father is calling you. Antonio is innocent and (quet) modest. Your dog is large and (quet) handsome. You have many cigars. And you have more cigars. My friend is wise. And your brother is wiser. (In these last two sets of clauses the quet may well be translated "and," the comparative being sufficiently indicated by the form of the adjective. Are there benches in their hall? Rather (quetdi) are there chairs. On the contrary (quetdi) it is from the East. More possibly (quetdi) he is eating. Notwithstanding (saan met) you were to blame. Furthermore (santo maysa) the stone was hard. I have come because (ta) my cousins are here. There is no chocolate because (ta) the cook is not here yet. I called you in order that (tapno) you might see this. Be it (uray) who it may. There are possibly many snakes: no matter (uray), we are provided with boots. Although (uray) I have no money. (See for uray the Auxiliaries.) XI. INTERJECTIONS. A list will be given below of the principal interjections. They need no special comment, with one exception, which is here given. In order to express admiration at one and another quality in an object the particle nag is prefixed to the true adjective, or in the case of derived adjectives to the root from which it is formed. To the same word, if it be the only one employed, the particle en or n (this being sometimes preceded by the optional syllable an) is attached, or ILOCO LANGUAGE. else to the final word of the phrase or clause. The effect of this compound particle is to serve as the expression of wonder, admiration, amazement, etc. So it belongs properly to the present head. Nagla-miisen! How (nag en) cold it is! Nagpudoten! How (nag en) hot it is! Nagdacquelanen! How (nag ancn) great! Nagadu ti baton! What (nag n) a lot of stones! Nagbassiten! What (nag —en) a little bit! TRUE INTERJECTIONS. A, a! (ex.) Apo, innalada ti banias! A, a, quet! A, a, a! Ah Diosco! Agaramid cayo, ala! Al-la. Amangan ti sayaatna! Ania, pagtugaoennac! Apaya, addacan! Asicapay no boongem toy a pinggan! Cailala! Da iccannacda! Castaca gayam! Oen, gayam! I-i! Umayca man! Quinabilmo manl Master, they have caught the lizard. (Answer.) You don't say! Well, I declare! (or something similar). "Don't you see?" "How is that?" "I have you there!" Ah, my God! Do your work, wake up there (ala!) Hola! ("A veces significa anenaxa."-Narro.) Oh, how (amangan) beautiful she is! What (ania), do you bid me sit down! How (apaya), you here already! Woe to you if you break this dish! What a pity! (Spanish "lastima"). Please, give me some, please! (As a child might beg for a portion of what another is eating.) Is that the way you do! (It is difficult always to translate interjections in any language. The tone of voice, the manner, etc., can not appear in print. The renderings given must not be taken as literal.) Yes, indeed! Exclamation when one hears what does not please him. Please (man) come! What (man), you hit (him)! (While man is rather an adverb than an interjection, it is one of those natural expletives (hard to classify) to be found in almost all languages. The Dakotas, or rather the Titons or Plain Sioux, have precisely the same word, which is used as an exclamation of pleasurable surprise-"man le mdn!") What's the odds! (difference). What does it matter! Mano met dayta! ILOCO LANGUAGE. 57 Namac! Nayl Saan a umay ni Juan, ngaman! A4ia ngamin ti napanac idiay! Adda ditoy, ni! O! Pes! Quil-la! Good! (Equivalent also to Spanish expressions "Que bueno fuera!", "Estaria bien!", etc.) A call to attract atention. ("Voz que sirve llamar a gente poco respetable."-Narro.) How is it (ngaman) that John has not come! Why should I have gone there I Here it is, see (ni)! Natural exclamation, having the same use as with us. An exclamation of disgust. (Indicating " que huele muy mal una cosa 6 desagrada lo que se oye."-Narro.) An exclamation expressing incredulity. A word used to drive away dogs. Oh that he were here! (See the optative among the Auxiliaries.) Oh that it be not he! Shoo! (Word for driving away chickens.) Stop! Quit! How atrocious you are l Abominable! XII. Salaqui! Sapay coma ta adda ditoy! Sapay coma ta saan a isu! Sio! U micat-cga! Unayca metten! Unayen! THE VERB. The verbs in Iloco are classified as Copulative, Regular, and Irregular. They are furthermore divided into Active and Passive forms. Most of these are composed of roots, which may be almost anything, names indicating action, nouns, adjectives, numerals, adverbs, etc., these being (most of them) in combination with certain characteristic particles. In general the construction of the verb in Iloco is similar to that of other Malaysian languages. Of course the Iloco has its own peculiarities as will appear. Many of these classes of verbs are subject to certain subsidiary modifications, which will be called in this work "Formulas." The distinction between active and passive verbs demands our immediate attention. The most characteristic (grammatical) difference between active and passive words and the formulas is in the cases of the subject and object respectively. Active verbs have the subject in the nominative and (the object in the accusative. The formulas (mostly active, and with certain exceptions to be hereafter noted) have the subject in the genitive and the object in the accusative. Passive verbs have the subject in the genitive and the object in the nominative. ACTIVE VERBS. Verbs are classed as active when they have one or other of the following characteristics: ist. When they do not have a direct object: 58 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Agsuratca. Dicay pay rumrumuar. Agal-lana ditoy. 2d. When there is an object sense, not individualized: Agpunasda cadaguiti pinggan. Mangyegcayo iti manoc. Agpaalaca iti danum. Do you write. (Or "write" as an imperative.) Don't go yet. It reeks of oil here. taken in a general or indeterminate -t-em wash the dishes. Bring some chickens. Order some water brought. 3d. When the object is determinate, the sentence containing the interrogative "who" as the subject: Asin ti nagsagadti silidco? Who swept my room? Asin ti nangalad iti laguerta? Who fenced the garden? Asin ti timmulong cadacayo? Who helped you? 4th. When the subject is emphatic and precedes the verb: Siac met lacngti nangaramid ca- I myself made these chairs. daguitoy a palangca. Sica ti nanggatanfcoy a relos? Did you buy this watch? Sica ti nangaramid toy a sapin? Did you make these pants? The (so-called) copulative verbs and some of the irregular verbs take the active form. ACTIVE PARTICLES. A list is herewith given of the particles which enter into the composition of the active forms of the regular verbs. These will be considered with greater particularity under their several heads. Ag. Aga, agat, or paga. Agca, agacac. Agpa. Agsin. Agtagui. Again. (4 < Apag. Denotes simple action. Agsursuratac. I am writing. To express limit to which a thing reaches. It is used also to denote that a thing smells or reeks of. Idi calman agasiquet ti carayan. Yesterday the river reached to the waist. Ag frac ditov. This smells of wine. Resemblance. Agcarupa daguitoy a dua. These two resemble one another in the face. Agcacailicami a lima. We five are fellow-townsmen. Commands the action. Agpasagadcayo. Have (the place) swept. A Reciprocal action. Agsintutulengda nga dua. The two help each the other. Provision or equipment. Agtaguipaltoogca? Are you provided with.a gun? Pretence. Aguintuturogca. You are pretending to be asleep. Recentness of action. Apagcasarcami. We are just now married.' ILOCO LANGUAGE. 59' Ca. L C C, Maca. Macapa. Macapag. Main. Mama (form of mamag) Mamag. Man. Man`. Maqui. Maquipag. Pag. Um1. Recentness of action. Calutluto. Recently cooked. Ability or inability. Macaulica?' Can you go up? Cause, result, effect. Macapapa — tay ti sabidong. Poison causes. death. Same as macapa, also denoting. extrinsic cause, as reason for inability. Diac macapagsurat, taadu ti sangailic. I am not able to write, for I have (so) many visitors. Transitive action. Asin ti mamafit iti campana? Who is ringing the bell? Especially used to denote briefness of action. Isu ti namatugao (preterite form) cadacuada. He had them sit down for a moment. Obliging, compelling, making one act or do.. Asin ti mamagsurat quenca? Who makes or compels you to write? Transitive action. S.ica ti manalus cadaguiti pinggan? Do you wash the dishes? Transitive action. Siac ti maniagas quencuana. I will cure him.. Association in an action. Maquipaspasiarac cadacayo. I (will) take a walk with you. Indicates that the subject joins with others who are intending to perform some act. Inta maquipagtulag cadacuada. Let us go with them to make the compact (trato). Indicates the use for which athing is intended. Pagtuttido toy a payong. This umbrellais to use when it rains. Used for impersonal and neuter verbs and reciprocally. It is' also used to denote a slight degree of the actioh. Uminumca. Drink a little. Lumamiis ti canen. The meal (food) is getting cold. Rumabiin. It is becoming dark already. THE FORMULAS. The list just given presents the active verbs in their simplest forms. Under many of the particles there are certain modifications, which we shall call "Formulas," which restrict the action of the verb to a limited sphere. The first of these is in relation to the instrumentality ofthe action, and will be spoken of as the "Formula of Instrument." 60 ILOCO LANGUAGE. The second indicates either the place, the cause, or the person affected by the action, and will be called the "Formula of Place"; it being understood that this formula embraces also the cause and the person. The third denotes the person commanded, and will be called the "Formula of Command." The fourth indicates frequency of action and often assumes the form of a noun. This we shall call the "Verbal." The fifth has to do with the time or the manner of the action, and we shall call this the "Formula of Time." Some of the verbs may lack certain, perhaps all, of these formulas. We have given the maximum number, which many of the verbs have in their entirety. As stated before, the subject of most of these formulas is in the genitive, and the object, when there is one, is in the accusative. The Verbal is an exception, taking its subject in the nominative. The simple verb and all of the formulas, excepting the verbal, indicate the preterite by a change in the characteristic particle. Thus the preterite of "ag" is "nag," of "mang," "nan," etc. We shall defer any present illustration of the forms or application of these formulas, until we treat in extenso each of the classes severally. THE PASSIVE VERB. In the passive forms of verbs the direct object of the action is defined or limited in some particular manner. Ist. By being limited by the definite article (always in the nominative case): Alaem ditoy ti payong. Bring the umbrella here. Quitaem ti cabayo. Look at the horse. Sapsapulenna ti ubing. He is looking for the child. 2d. By there being a possessive suffix attached to the direct object: Daitem ti sapinco. Inomeiyo toy a arac. Batoeiyo daguidiay a babuy. 3d. When the object is a relative: Maysa nga libro a basbasaec. Deydi nga ur-urayenta idi. Daguiti itlog a gatgatangem. Sew my pantaloons. Drink this wine. Stone those pigs. A book that (a) I am reading. That man whom (nga) we were expecting. The eggs which (a) you are buying. 4th. When an interrogative pronoun is the object: Asin ti sapsapuleiyo? Whom are you seeking? Ania ti aramidem ditoyt What are you doing here? Asin ti tuladenda? Whom are they imitating? 5th. When the object is emphasiz( Siac ti sapsapulenda. Daytov ti daoatenda? Dacayo ti ulbudenda. They are hunting for me. Is this what they are asking for? It is you they are deceiving. 6th. When the object is a proper noun or a personal pronoun: Cuyugueiyo ni Antonio. Sapulenda ni Juan. Tuladenda ida. You (plural) go with Antonio. Let them seek for John. May they pattern after them. ILOCO LANGUAGE. 6i PASSIVE PARTICLES. The passive particles, like the active, are given alphabetically. This does not indicate their relative importance. In their treatment in detail the endeavor will be made to consider the most important particles first and, as far as feasible, to arrange them in groups. An. Aquin en. Ca an. Ca - en. En. 1. I an. Ipa. Ma. Pa. Pa an. Pa - en. Pag en. Paquin en. Of various uses; doing for another, placing an object, diminutive, etc. Danumanda iti inapuy. Put some water on the (boiled) rice. See "paquin -- en." Signifies attainment of contemplated result. Surutem dayta, bareng no casurutam. Follow that man, and see if you can overtake him. Increase or diminution. Caatiddagueiyo dayta tali. Let out that rope. Transitive action. Bunaguenda ti apug. Let them bring the lime. Transitive action, means, etc. Iriquepmo ti ruangan. Close the door. Aoan ti igatangco toy a cabayo. I have nothing wherewith to buy this horse. To do for another. Isagadannac. You sweep for me. To impute, blame, etc. Ipaboongda caniac ti pinggan. They blame me for breaking the plate. Power, ability. Saanmi a malpasdayta alad. We are not able to finish that fence. Commanding the action of verbs in -en. Sapuleiyo ti cabayo. Pasapulminto. Go look for the horse. We will order search nmde for it. To command the action of verbs in - an. Papaltoogam dayta aso. Have that dog shot. Used with passives to indicate that the object is bidden, permitted, etc. Pasaplitmo iti aso. You let him beat the dog. Patugaoem ida. Have them sit down for a moment. The same as the preceding. Pagbasaennac toy a libro. Let me read this book. Pagsuratem ni Pedro. Have Peter write. To place some object with reference to another. Paquindayaeiyo toy a catre idiay meysaPut this bed to the east of that. 362 ILOCO LANGUAGE. The passive verbs are not as rich in formulas as the active. As -they are employed they will be noted. NUMBER AND PERSON. Verbs have three numbers and three persons. The numbers are the singular, the dual, and the plural. The singular denotes one person or thing. The dual includes the person addressed with the person speaking. The plural denotes two or more persons or things (excepting the two classified as dual). The person is generally indicated by the personal pronoun attached to the subject, whether free or as a suffix. There are three pronominal forms for the first person plural, namely.: the dual form already referred to, "we" inclusive of those addressed, "we" exclusive of those.addressed. The declension of the personal pronouns will be found under the head of "Pronouns." The independent forms are generally employed with verbs when,emphasized. The suffixes are used when there is no especial stress laid upon the subject. When the verb has no pronoun accompanying it as a subject it is in the third person singular. The nominative of the third person singular is employed with verbs when emphatic. The terminal particles "an" and "en" coalesce with the pronominal suffixes "co," "mo," and "yo," so as to become ac, cc, am, cm, aiyo, eiyo, Among some of the Ilocanos the unmodified forms aniyo, enyo, are in use. MODES AND TENSES. By the means of incorporated particles, by independent auxiliaries (adverbs or conjunctions), or by reduplication the following modes -are intelligently expressed, namely: the infinitive, the indicative, the subjunctive (to which may be added the potential of the English Grammar), the optative, the imperative, and the gerundive (answering practically to our present participle). In the tenses one may detect the following: the present, the imperfect, the preterite (answering to the Greek "aorist" or the Spanish "'definido"), and the pluperfect. These distinctions are, however, overscholastic, puzzling, and in fact unnecessary, for a competent knowl-edge of the structure of the language. As far as inflection goes there is absolutely none in the (so-called) copulative verb. The regular (and some of the irregular) verbs have a modification of the characteristic.particle which indicates the preterite. A knowledge of the power of such auxiliary particles as occur, together with auxiliary adverbs and conjunctions, should suffice to give an intelligent grasp of the verb without burdening oneself with the traditions of Latin, Greek, and Romance grammars. These auxiliaries are (without giving any translation or definition.at present) idi, intono, tono, - to, caano, no, ngata, -sa, no coma, no coma no, nupay, uray, sapay coma ta. These have already appeared under the head of Adverbs as "the Auxiliaries." In addition to the use of these particles the method of expressing the infinitive, the imperative, and the gerundive (our present participle in "'- ing"), needs to be known. The infinitive is the simple, unmodified form of the verb, and corresponds to the form of the third person singular of the present. The imperative is the same, with the pronominal suffix of the second person. The gerundive form is denoted by reduplicating the first syllable of the root with the succeeding consonant. The following examples will serve to illustrate: ILOCO LANGUAGE. 63 Root, Infinitive. Simple present. Gerundive form of the present. Preterite. Imperative. Surat. Agsurat. Agsurat. Agsursurat. Nagsurat. Agsuratca. The act'of writing. To write. He writes. He is writing. He wrote. Write. THE AUXILIARIES. Idi means "then" and refers to time past. In such case it stands.at the end of the phrase, unless some word like yesterday, morning,,etc., occurs; in such case it precedes that word. It also means "when".as relating to time past, or "while." In this instance it is at the beginning of the sentence. With verbs that have a regular form for the preterite it is not called for. If it occurs it reverts to its adverbial character. Adu ti piracco idi. Addaac ditoy idi calman. Jdi addaca iti balayco. Idi ub-ubbingcay pay. -Ni cabaguisco ti naquipagcuyog caniac idi. I used to have much money. I had plenty of money. I was here yesterday. When you were at my house. While you were yet children. My brother accompanied me then. (Idi here is simply an adverb, the preterite being indicated by the particle naquipag.) Caano means "when" and relates to past time. It is used as an interrogative and is placed at the beginning of the sentence.,Caano ti pinaggatangda cada- When did they buy the fields guiti taltalon? (land)? Caano ti pinangatepda toy a ba- W'hen was this house roofed? lay? To. This is a suffix, which is attached to some word of the phrase. If a vowel be the terminal of that word a euphonic "n" is inserted. If this particle occurs with a pronominal suffix, it follows it. If it occurs with the subjunctive particle "sa" or with the adverb "pay" it precedes. The general meaning is futurity, but in some instances it needs to be rendered by "must," "may," "ought to," etc. The origin of this particle and that of inton-ano, intono, tono (all meaning "when" in the future) is probably the same. Anianto ti pagcalapta? Macadamuncayto sadi Tarlac? Addacanto ditoy no malem. Asinonto ti agbayad? Bassitto ti pagay itoy a taoen. With what shall we fish? Will vou be able to reach Tarlac? You must be here this evening. Who is to pay? I There promises to be a small harvest of rice this year. Inton-ano, intono, tono, all mean the same ("when")' and are simply modifications of the same concept. Probably inton-ano is the original form. It occurs at the beginning of the sentence. It implies futurity, but is also used with a subjunctive force, indicating a certain degree of uncertainty in the statement. Intono inalcin ti panagpalutoc. I will tell him to cook in the evening. Jnton-ano ti panangilacom iti ca- When will you sell the horse? bayo? 64 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Intono naimbag ti tiempo. When the weather is fine. Intono adda piec a nalucmeg. Whenever the pullets are fat. Sa. This is a suffix and indicates a degree of uncertainty. If a vowel precedes a euphonic "n" is intercalated. It is always a terminal suffix. Addansa idiay cocina ni asauac. My wife is probably in the kitchen. Sicansa ti casaldetanda amin. You are probably the most capable of all. Addadansa iti ubingco. My boy may have them. Ngata has the same meaning and power as ~-sa, but is more rarely employed. It follows the word where the uncertainty is supposed to lie. Adda ngata iti rabao ti lamisaan. It is probably under the table. Aoan ngata ti sarmingmo? Have you not a glass? Asino ngata ti adda lanana? Who has any oil? No - coma is used with or to denote the subjunctive. The words are always separated, the crucial or important word of the phrase intervening. No naimbag coma nga gayyem. If you were a good (naimbag) friend. No adda coma ditoy. If he were here. No coma no. This phrase is used also with the subjunctive. Its. elements are not separated. No coma no saanda nga nacarit. If they had not been obstinate. Nupay and uray, meaning the same (although, aunque), are used with the present subjunctive, and stand at the beginning of the sentence. Nupay saan a natacrot. Although he is not timid. Nupay adu daguiti nuangyo. Although you have many carabao. Uray aoan ti piracco. Although I have no money. Sapay coma ta is the optative particle. The name is taken from the Greek grammar, where the optative is a distinct mode expressive of strong desire, with a hint here of uncertain accomplishment. The words are not separated, and stand at the beginning of the sentence. Sapay coma ta saan ti isu! Oh that it be not he! Sapay coma ta adu a piracda! Oh that they might have plenty of money! Sapay coma ta adda ditoy! Would that he were here! DEPENDENCE OF VERBS. A verb may be dependent on another verb or on an adjective. In such case the rules for the connectives are as follows: ist. When the two verbs are of the same class, i. e., either active or passive, the particle a (or nga) is the connective. Cayatco a quitaen ida. I wish to see them. Cayatmo a daiten ti badoc? Will you mend my shirt? Aggaguetca nga agadal. Be diligent in your studies. ILOCO LANGUAGE. 2d. When the dependent verb is in the subjunctive, whether the verbs are of the same or different classes, the connective is the ligature. Cayacto nga alaendan. (Spanish: I want them to take it away now. "Quiero que lo lleven ya.") Saanco nga ammo a immayda. I did not know that they had (Spanish: "No supe que habi- come. an venido.") 3d. When a verb of either class is dependent on any adjective, excepting those in "naca," that qualifies a noun or pronoun, the connective is the ligature. Nasiglatca nga agsurat. You are skilful in writing. Bassitda niga agsapul. They are few to make the search. Naruguitcayo nga agluto. You are (too) dirty to do the cooking. 4th. When the adjective in "naca," or when an adjective that is used impersonally, has a passive verb dependent on it, the ligature is used as a connective. Nacaladladingit a dengguen. It is saddening to hear. Nacaquigquigtot a quitaen. It is startling to see it. 5th. When the adjective in "naca," or an adjective used impersonally, has an active verb dependent on it, the article "ti" is the connective. Nacaay-ayat ti agpaspasiar ditoy. It is pleasant to walk here. Nalaca ti agsao. It is easy to talk. 6th. When the governing verb is passive, and the dependent verb is active, the connective is ti. Cayatco ti agpaspasiar. I like to walk. Ammom ti agbasa? Do you know how to read? Cayatda ti agtugao. They wish to sit down. EXCEPTIONS: The irregular verbs umay, mapan, and en admit neither the article nor the ligature before a dependent verb. Ennac agdigus. I am going to bathe. Immayda naquisao caniac. They came to have a talk with me. [Jcav sapulen ti suputco. Go look for my purse. Napanda agsapul iti root. They have gone to look for zacate. XIII. THE COPULATIVE VERB. The Copulative Verb is technically that which simply connects the subject and its predicate, predicating or affirming the one of the other. In our own language and in Latin, Greek, and French (for illustration) the verb "to be," or its equivalent in the languages mentioned, serves also to indicate location, and to declare the existence of an object. Thus, we say, "God is good," "God is in heaven," "There is a God," the "is" in each instance having a different meaning. The poverty of this expression is contrasted with the richness of other languages, as in Spanish, where "ser," "estar," "tener," "hay" mark with distinctness the conditions where our verb "to be" must serve for all. 66 ILOCO LANGUAGE. For the true copula there is no word in the Iloco. For other forms of "to be" it has the affirmative adda and the negatives, aoan, saan, and di. These serve also to indicate absolute or temporary possession (or non-possession), just as we have in Latin "est mihi" (I have, There is to me), which meaning is covered by the Spanish "tener." Under the head, then, of the copulative verb we shall first consider 'the method of expressing simple predication, and after that state the uses of "adda" and the negatives. THE COPULA. Simple predication when the subject is not emphasized, or when it has no possessive attached, is indicated by merely placing the terms together, the predicate generally preceding. Naimbag. He (she or it) is good. Natacrotcayo. You are cowardly. Nalaing a booc daytoy. This is beautiful hair. Naimbag toy a dagum. This needle is good. Asino daytoy? Who is this person? Asinno daguidiay? Who are those people? Naimbagca nga tao. You are a good man. If the negative "saan" is used with the predicate, then the predicate invariably comes first. Saan a naalas daguiti saona. His language is not indecent. Saan a napigsa toy a cabayo? Is this not a fine horse? Saanac a ubing. I am not a child. When the subject is emphatic the article "ti" or "daguiti" is used with the predicate. Daytoy ti nasayaat a papel. This paper is fine. Deyta ti daques. That is bad. Isuda ti pangquis. They are cross-eyed. Deytoy ti nasudi a imuco. This is a valuable knife. If the subject of the copulative verb has a possessive attached to it the article ti or daguiti is used. Naingel ti aracmo. Your wine is strong. Naquiting ti sapinmo. Your pants are short. Isu dediay ti amana? Is that person his father? Dacayo ti lal-lacay toy a ili? Are you the elders of this town? Baro ti badom? Is your shirt new? When there is a negative predication of quality, etc., the word "saan" or the particle "di " is used. Saan always requires the ligature, which is never employed with di-. Saan a napudot toy a digo. This soup is not warm. Saan a dacquel toy lamisaan? Is not this a large table? Dinac gayyem. I am not a friend of his. Saan a nalucneng daguiti saba. These bananas are not fit to use (bland, soft). When the predication contains the modifying term "a little," "somewhat," "rather," etc., the word adda is used as a true copula, its negation being aoan. Adda tul-tulengna. He is a little deaf. Aoan ti bul-bulsecco. I am not a bit blind. ILOCO LANGUAGE. 67 Aoan ti imbag toy a arac. Adda tactacrotda. This wine is not at all good. They are somewhat timid. When the subject of the sentence is a personal pronoun and the predicate has attached to it (in our own language) a possessive, its rendering into Iloco will be found to be idiomatic and somewhat obscure. There is given at length an exhibit of the several combinations, some of which appear inexplicable. There runs through them, however, a certain degree of order. The list will be given according to the person of the subject. FIRST PERSON, SINGULAR. Siac ti Siac ti Siac ti Siac ti gayyemmo. gayyemna. gayyemyo. gayyemda. Gaiyemnac. Gaiyemnac. Gaiyemdac. Gaiyemdac. PLURAL. v Gayyemnacami. Gayyemnacami. Gayyemdacami. Gayyenzdacami. I am thy friend. I am his friend. I am your friend. I am their friend. We are thy friends. We are his friends. We are your friends. We are their friends. Dacami ti gayyemmo. Dacami ti gayyemna. Dacami ti gayyemyo. Dacami ti gayyemda. It will not be necessary to show the first form through all the persons. The second, however, needs to be exhibited. SECOND PERSON, SINGULAR. Gaiyemca. Thou art my friend. Gaiyemnaca. Thou art his friend. Gaiyentgca. Thou art our friend. Gaiyemdaca. Thou art their friend. PLURAL. Gayyemcayo. Gayyemnacayo. Gayyemdacayo. Gayyem dacayo. Gaiyemco. Gaiyemmo. Gaiyemnna. 'Gaiyemtayo (mi, ta). Gayyemyo. Gayyemda.,Gayyemco ida. Gayyemmo ida. Gayyemna ida. Gayyemtay ida. Gayyemyo ida. Gayyemda ida. You are my friends. You are his friends. You are our friends. You are their friends. THIRD PERSON, SINGULAR. He is my friend. He is thy friend. He is his friend. He is our friend. He is your friend. He is their friend. PLURAL. They are my friends. They are thy friends. They are his friends. They are our friends. They are your friends. They are their friends. The use of the negatives "saan" and "di-" in simple predications is herewith given: 68 ILOCO LANGUAGE. FIRST PERSON, SINGULAR. Saanac a gayyem. Saanac a gayyem. Saandac a gayyem. Saandac a gayyem. Dinac gayyem. Dinac gayyem. Didac gayyem. Didac gayyemn. PLURAL. Dinacami gayyem. Dinatayo gayyem. Didacami gayyem. Didatayo gayyem. I am not thy friend. I am not his friend. I am not your friend. I am not their friend. Saannacami a gayyem. Saannatayo a gayyem. Saandacami a gayyem. Saandatayo a gayyem. We are not thy friends. We are not his friends. We are not your friends. We are not their friends. SECOND PERSON, SINGULAR. Saanca nga gayyem. Saannara nga gayyem. Saandaca nga gayyem. Dica gayyem. Dinaca gayyem. Didaca gayyem. Thou art not my friend. Thou art not his friend. Thou art not our (also their) friend. Saancay a gayyem. Saannacay a gayyem. Saandacay a gayyem. PLURAL. Dicay gayyem. Dinacay gayyem. Didacay gayyem. You are not my friends. You are not his friends. You are not our (also, their) friends. THIRD PERSON, SINGULAR. Saanco a gayyem. Saanmo a gayyem. Saanna nga gayyem. Saantayo a gayyem. Saanyo a gayyem. Saanda nga gayyem. Diac gayyenm. Dimo gayyem. Dina gayyem. Ditay gayyem. Diyo gayyem. Dida gayyem. He is not my friend. He is not thy friend. He is not his friend. He is not our friend. He is not your friend. He is not their friend.. PLURAL. Saanco a gayyem ida. Diac gayyem ida. They are not my friends. Saanmo a gayyem ida. Dimo gayyem ida. They are not thy friends Saanna nga gayyem ida. Dina gayyem ida. They are not his friends. Saantay a gayyem ida. Ditay gayyem ida. They are not our friends. Saanyo a gayyem ida. Diyo gayyem ida. They are not your friends. Saanna nga gayyem ida. Dida gayyem ida. They are not their friends.. ADDA AND AOAN. These words will be considered first in their meaning of "to be."' They have no use as true copulatives except in the diminutive sense already noted. The Spanish "estar" defines the meaning of adda so far as it applies to location or position. Adda and aoan are also, used to denote existence and answer in such case to the Spanish "hay" or "no hay." These meanings will be considered now. They have a further use indicating possession, answering to the Spanish "tener." This use will be considered separately. ADDA, FOR POSITION. Adda is used as a connective to indicate location or position. Irr such case it is followed by some form of the article or by the demonstrative (whether grammatically as adjective, adverb, or preposition). The negation is "aoan." ILOCO LANGUAGE. 69 A.dda dita ti cal-logongco? Aoan ditoy. Addansa iti rabao ti lamisaan. Addada iti canauanmo. Adda ditoy ti ubingco? Adda idiay cocina. Adda ditoy ni gayyemmo? Aoan pay ditoy, adda iti simbaan. Is my hat there? It is not here. It is probably on the table. They are on your right. Is my boy here? He is in the kitchen. Is your friend here? He is not here, he is at church. ADDA, FOR EXISTENCE. Adda is also- used to indicate existence or supply, and its negation, as in the previous instance, is aoan. When employed in this sense adda does not require the article; but aoan always requires it, unless it be used as a solitary word in reply to a question. Adda tinapay a natangquen? Aoan. Aoan ti tinapay a natangquen. Adda tal-lo a cauitan, quen adda innem a dumalaga. Adda digo? Nupay adda, bassit nalamiis. Adda tao itoy a balay? Is there any hard-bread? There is not. There is no hard-bread. There are three roosters and six pullets. Is there any soup? Although there is some, it is rather (a little) cold. Is there any man in this house? ADDA, FOR POSSESSION. Adda is used to indicate possession, and its negation is "aoan." When the possession is actual the possessor is in the genitive, and the thing possessed is in the nominative. The article is not necessary in the affirmation, btt is used with the negation, unless aoan has connected with it a pronoun or a demonstrative. Aoan is used alone, however, as an independent answer, meaning "He has not," etc. Adda tabacom? Have you any cigars? Adda, ngem naingel. I have, but they are strong. Adda paltoogyo? Have you a gun? Adda paltoogmi quen adda gay- We have a gun and a spear. angmi. Aoan ti asoda. They have no dog. Aoan ti aracmo a nasayaat. You have no good wine. If the thing possessed is only in temporary custody of a person, belonging actually to another, then the person holding is put in the dative, the article in question being in the nominative. The sentence "Have you my knife?" would be rendered "Is my knife to you?" Indeed, throughout the use of adda to denote possession there persists its root meaning of "to be." Adda ti maloc quenca? Aoan ti malom caniac. Addansa iti ubingco. Adda toy ti cabayomn? Aoan, adda quen Pedro. Adin ti yan daguiti burnaymo? Addada iti cocinero. Have you my hammer? I have not your hammer? My boy may possibly have it. Is your horse here? No, Peter has it. Where are your jars? The cook has them. EXCEPTIONS. When the object possessed has some qualifying adjective the word 70 ILOCO LANGUAGE. adda is not employed; and in such cases it becomes somewhat difficult, unless shown by the context, to determine whether the idea is that of possession or whether it is only a simple predication. Nasayaat daguiti cabayom. You have fine horses. Ni Pedro naimbag ti sabana. Peter has good bananas. Daques ti tinapaymo. You have bad bread. When the idea contained in "tener" and also in "hay," ordinarily expressed by adda, has associated with it an expression of quantity or number, as the adjectives adu or bassit, this adjective with ti serves, the adda not being used. Adu ti nuangyo? Have you many carabaos? Adu ti pagay ditoy a ilif Is there much rice in this town? Bassit ti pagay ditoy. There is little rice here. Adu ngata ti ican. Perhaps there are many fish. XIV. IRREGULAR VERBS. Among the irregular verbs the one already treated (adda) may be classed. A regular verb is one whose root needs the aid of certain verbal particles in order to be used as a verb. An irregular verb is one that does not necessarily need such aid, but may be used independently. It may, however, be employed with one or another verbal particle, in which case it becomes regular. There are discussed under this head the following: Cona (to say), Cano (it is said, they say that), Ammo (to know), Cayat (to desire), Ited (to give), En or In (to go), Ay (to come). CONA. The preterite of this verb is quinona. It is used in quoting what a person says. It is classed as a passive verb, so having its subject in the genitive. This verb is also used in combination with certain verbal particles, and becomes a regular verb then, either active or passive as the particle may determine. It is combined with the active particle ag, meaning "to say." It is combined with the passive particle — en when it assimilates the verb next to be considered (Cano). It takes the passive particle iwhen it has the meaning of repeating some physical action, gesture, or motion. It has also a peculiar particle (passive) pacpa, which gives the meaning of speaking jestingly. The word cona besides its more general meaning "to say" is sometimes used to mean "believe, think." Pacpaconac. Cumagat toy a aso? "Saan a cumagat" conaenda. "Cayatco coma ti agdidus" conana. Cona ni Jesucristo iti evangelio "Tumacderca quet alaem ti ulesmo quet inca idiay balaymo." "Aoan" quinona ti ubing. "Umayacto" quinona ti baba-i. Conac no sica daydi. I am speaking in jest. Does this dog bite? They say "it does not bite." He says "I would like to bathe." Jesus Christ says in the gospel "Arise, take up thy bed (blanket) and go to thy house." The boy said that he was not in. The woman said that she would come ("I will come.") I believe that you are that (kind of a man). ILOCO LANGUAGE. 71 Asia ti agcona ti ubing? Iconam daguiti ramramaymo. What does the boy say? Place your fingers in this position. (As I show you, as might be said by a music-teacher to his pupil.) CANO. Cano is an impersonal verb meaning "it is said," "They say," etc. It is classed as passive. If it occurs with cona, meaning with it "They say that he says," it follows that verb. Sometimes the "o" is syncopated. Cano may take one of the verbal particles en or i (passive), becoming then a regular verb. Either of these gives the meaning of "regard, account, heed," etc. Adda can ni Senor Obispo. Adda ditoy ni apom? Adda canon. Nangruguida nga nagsagaden? Nangruguida canon. Aoan ti piracna agcano. Dina cancanoen ti sao ti apona. Dina incancano daguiti aramidna. They say that the Lord Bishop is here. Is your master here? They say that he is. I1,ve they begun to clean yet? They say that they already begun. He says that he has no money. He pays no attention to his master's words. He pays no heed to his work. IMO. Ammo is passive. It is also used regularly in combination with the particles (passive) en or maca, meaning in the first case "to study to learn," in the other "to be careful." Ammocn. Diac ammo no asino deydiay a nagcona. Ania ti ammoc? Saanco nga ammo. Aoan ti ammoc. Ammoyo ngata no asin ti arien daguiti Franceses? Saanini nga ammo, aoansa ti naganna. Sica ti macaammo! Isuda ti macaammo. Saan, siac ti macaammo. To try to learn that of which one has been ignorant. I do not know what he said. What do I know? I don't know. I know nothing. Do you know, perchance, who is king of the French? We do not know, possibly he has no name. Take care! They understand. No. I am the one responsible. XYAT. Cayat is an irregular verb signifying will or desire, the latter rather than the former. It is a passive verb. It admits of reduplication, being followed by the conjunction ngem; in such case the meaning is "to prefer." Cayatco ti saom. I desire your word (i. e., I am willing to accept your word). Apo no cayatmo mabalinac a da- Master, if thou wilt'thou canst lusan. make me clean. Cayatmo ngarud nga incami quet, Do you wish then that we go etc.? and, etc.? 72 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Caycayatco ti mapan sadi Zamboanga ngem sadi Aparrz. I would rather go to Zamboanga than to Aparri. ITED. Ited is a passive verb meaning "to give." It may take the passive particles -- en or an, in which cases it is syncopated, losing the "e." It also takes the transitive particle mang, when it becomes accordingly an active verb. ited (or) itden. Aoan ti itedco quenca. Initdandac iti bassit a sida. No adda daoatenyonto quen Ama iti naganco itdennanto cadacayo. Mangtedac cadacayo iti dacquel panaguiamanco agsipud iti nasaguday a naquemyo. Asin ti nangted cadacuada? To give. I have nothing to give you. They gave me a little meat. Whatsoever ye shall ask the Father in my name he will give it unto you. I give you many thanks for your kind intentions. Who gave it to them? AY. Ay and the verbal form mapan are not in construction (etymological) irregular. But inapan (pan with the verbal ma) will appear as the origin of the preterite of en (to go); and in its syntactical relations, as will be seen, ay is irregular; so it has been thought well to introduce it especially here. Ay means "to come." It is used with the active verbal particle um, whose preterite is imm. When the verbs umay, mapan, and en have another verb dependent upon them, they do not admit either the article nor the particle as a connective. When umay and mapan (preterite napan) govern a passive verb their own subjects are put in the genitive. This peculiarity seems to authorize the placing of these among thl irregular verbs. Imnayna inala fi palangca. Immayda naquisao caniac. Asin ti umay? Umayen. Umay daguiti pulong tapno aoitenda daguitoy a burnay. Umaiyo quitaen ti relosco? Immaymi quinita idi calman. He came to take the chair. They came to talk with me. Who is coming? He is coming now. Let the polistas (men who render a certain yearly tale of work to the government) come and take away these jars. Have you come to see my watch? We came to see it yesterday. EN AND MAPAN. The verb en is closely associated with mapan. En is an irregular active verb, meaning "to go," and is used only in the first and second persons and in the three numbers of the present and future. The third persons of the present and future, and the preterite entire, these are taken from the regular verb mapan. The root of mapan is pan, and to find it, as well as almost all verbs in the dictionary, it is necessary to go to the root. While mapan is a regular verb in construction its syntax is irregular, as has been already shown. Whenever the verb "to go" should be in the preterite (expressed) it retains its present form if it have another verb dependent upon it, and that assumes the preterite form. If, however, this verb as a preterite has no other verb dependent on it, then "napan" is employed. ILOCO LANGUAGE. 73 When the subject of the present (or future) is "I," then the "n" is doubled, as "innac," "ennacto." This word is spelled "en" or "in," there being little distinction between the vowels "e" and "i" in the Iloco. If there be another verb dependent on in or mapan the article or the ligature is not permissible as a connective. If mapan have a verb in the passive dependent on it, the subject is in the genitive and not in the nominative as it should be otherwise. To express the idea of going for the purpose of buying (in a gen-.eral sense) some form of the verb en is employed, having an active verb in "mang, mam or man" dependent upon it, whose root is the thing to be purchased. Thus, to say "Go, buy a cow (or) Buy cattle," the Iloco would be "Inca mamaca." (Inca mam-baca, the b being elided after the particle mam by rule.) Jncam nangapas. Inta idiay balay ni gayyemnta. Innacpay agsucat. Ennac aguiddan. Napan nagsacdu. Incay nagdigus? Jncayon. Mapanda agsapul iti asin. Ennac pasucatan toy a danum. Incay tilioen ti cabayo. Napanco sinapul ti nuangco. We have come to buy cotton (capas). In this sentence note the elision of c after nang, also the use of the present tense in incam, the preterite being indicated by the particle nang. Let us go to our friend's house. I am going to change my clothes first. I am going to pray. He has gone to draw water. Did you go to bathe? Go right off. They are gone to get some salt. I am going to change the water. Go catch the horse. I went to look for my carakao. XV. ACTIVE VERBS. AG. The particle ag is of very common use in the Iloco. It is combined -with a great variety of words, not merely names of action, but also -with a number of nouns of different classes. Indeed this peculiarity of verbal particles coalescing with all classes of words to form verbs is characteristic of Malaysian languages. The same word that may combine with this particle may also be -used with many other of the particles, whether active or passive. The meaning of the simple verb in ag is generally of action not deter-mined or limited by an object. As modified in the formulas an object is sometimes present. We give below the simple form of the verb, using surat (the act,of writing), as the base; this to be followed by the formulas. Infinitive, Gerundive, Imperative, Present (simple), Present (continuous), Imperfect, Preterite, Agsurat. Agsursurat. Agsuratca. Agsurat. Agsursurat. Idi agsursurat. Nagsurat. To write. Writing. Write. He writes. He is writing. When he was writing. He wrote. 74 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Class. Instrument, Place, Command, Time, Verbal, FORMULAS. Present. Pagsurat. Pagsuratan. Pagsuraten. Panagsurat. Managsurat. Preterite. Pinagsurat. Nagsuratan. Pinagsurat. Pinagsurat. The changes occurring when the personal pronouns co, mo or yo are followed by the terminals an or en have been already given. The gerundive is used as an adjective, also to indicate action continuous in the present or in the past (present and imperfect); it is also used oftentimes when the subject consists of more than two individuals. The infinitive is used with its proper connective (ti or the ligature) when dependent on an adjective or on a verb. The general laws for modes and tenses apply throughout to the verbs. It is to be noted that thje auxiliaries to and sa prefer to attach themselves to the subject pronoun or to the negative, when these occur. Nagaguetca nga agdait. Narigat ti agsurat. Nagpacada nga agsangsangit. Idi agbasbasaca agsursuratac. Agsublican. Agpunascayto cadaguiti pinggan? Agbasbasacami no dadduma. Agcatauaca man? "', Asin ti agluto iti canin? Ni cabsatco ti agluto. You are diligent in sewing (literally "to sew"). It is difficult to write. He gave them "good-bye" weeping. While you were reading I was writing. Just come up (come up now). Will you wash the dishes? Sometimes we (more than two in. subject) read. Why do you laugh? Who is cooking (cooks) the meal? My brother cooks. FORMULAS ILLUSTRATED. The formula of Instrument is employed when that with which the action is accomplished is referred to, whether by question or byanswer. It demands often to be translated by a noun indicating some instrument, though in the Iloco the word is truly a verb. The particle for the present is pag, and for the preterite it is pinag. The subject is in the genitive and the object is in the accusative. Agsursuratac, ngem daques ti pagsuratco. Daytoy ti pagpunasmo daguiti pinggan. Ania ti pinagatepda iti simbaant Ania ti pinagdaitmo iti badom? I am writing, but my pen (the thing with which I write) is. bad. Clean the dishes with this. With what did they roof the church? With what did you sew your shirt? The formula of Place includes also the cause and the person affected by the action. For the present the particle pag is prefixed, and the particle an is used as a suffix. The preterite has nag for a prefix and an for a suffix. Where the cause appears, even in a subsidiary clause, this formula is employed. The subject is in the genitive and the object is in the accusative. When a personal pronoun is the ILOCO LANGUAGE. 75 subject and another personal pronoun the object, the forms given under the copulative verb will show the proper rendering. Sadin ti pagpasiaraiyo Iti iguid ti baybay ti pagpaspasiaranmi. Adin ti pagurayanda caniac? Ditoy ti nagur-urayanda quenca Pagsuratac, ta gayyemco unay. Ti paguimbagan toy a arac, ia nadalus. Iti pagsangitanmi ta nagpacadan. Where are you walking? We were walking along the seashore. Where are they awaiting me? They are waiting for you here. I write to him, because he is a very dear friend. This wine is good because it is clear. We are crying because he has just gone. The formula of Command shows the commanding of some one to perform the action indicated by the root. For the present the prefix is pag and the suffix en. For the preterite the prefix is pinag. In this case the occurrence of personal pronouns as subject and object requires the same idiomatic treatment as was shown in treating of the copulative verb. As in the previous formulas the subject of the verb is in the genitive, the object of the action is in the accusative. A distinction must be made between the object of the action and the person commanded, which IS NOT the object of the verb. Asin to pagaramidem cadaguiti badbadom? No como no ti ubingco ti pinagaranidmo nasaysayaatda coma. Asin ti pagsagadeiyo iti silid? Ania, pagtugaoennac? Pagbasaenca quetdi. Pagpacadaencamin. Sadndacam a paguiddaen? Saanyo a paglutuen ida? Pagsapulenda ida iti suca. Whom did you order to make the shirts? If my boy had been ordered to make them they would have looked better. Who was ordered (whom did you order) to sweep the room? What, do you order me to sit down? Rather (do I order) you to read. They command us to go now. Do you order us to retire (go to bed)? Do you order them to cook? They b:d them go and get some vinegar. These last six examples need a special explication. It would appear that the objects of the verbs in all (i. e., the personal pronoun objects) are in the nominative in every case, and that these instances conform exactly with the rule of the passive "that the object be in the nominative." But it is necessary to distinguish between the direct object of the verb and the object of the formula of command. In the last example only is there a direct object (iti suca), and that is in the accusative as it should be. In the other instances there is no direct object to the verb, they being either intransitive, as "sit down," "go to bed," "leave, retire": or they are used intransitively, as "read" and "cook." The person commanded is in each, as it is in all cases under this formula, in the nominative, and the literal meaning of a sentence would be e. g.: "They command that we go," etc. It will be noted also that, when the person commanded is of the third person plural, the nominative form "ida" is always used. The formula of time also includes the manner of performing the action indicated by the root. For the present panang or panag is pre 76 ILOCO LANGUAGE. fixed, for the preterite the prefix is pinag or pinang. The sentences where this formula is employed to denote time must, if interrogative, be prefaced by some adverbial word or phrase of time (caano, intonano, ania nga horas, etc.). If the sentence be declarative some expression of time must be employed. Inton-ano ti paanangilacom iti ca- When will you sell the horse? bayof 'Caano ti pinaggatangda cadaguiti When did they purchase the taltalon fields? Ania nga horas ti panagriingmo? At what hour do you get up? Caano ti pinagpunasda cadaguiti When did they wash the dishes? pinfgan? Idi calman ti pinagpunasda. They washed them yesterday. Intono bigat ti panagpasiarta? Shall we go walking tomorrow? To indicate the manner of the action this formula requires in interrogations some word like "how," "in what manner," etc., while in declarative sentences there must appear some adverb of manner, or some adjective used adverbially, to qualify the action denoted by the root. Naimbag unay ti panagsurat yo. You write very well. Naalas unay ti pinagsaona. He spoke very ugly. Nalaca ti pinaggatangda iti caba- They bought the horse very cheap. yo. Casano ti panagbasa ti anacmo? How does your child read? Casano ti pinaglibasna? How did he (manage to) escape? The same rules as to the subject and true object of the verb hold here as in the previous formulas. The verbal indicates that the subject frequently does, does to excess, is accustomed to, or likes to, perform the action of the root. The particle is manag prefixed. The subject is in the nominative. Managsaoca. You are a great talker. Managpaspasiarcayo. You are fond of walking. Daguiti managatep. The roofers. Daguiti managdait. The sewers (used to sewing). OTHER USES OF AG. The particle ag is prefixed to certain concrete nouns, giving them a peculiar and limited verbal meaning, as for example: to catch fish, to plow, to have the fever, to play the part of Hamlet (aghamletac would be correct), to don a garment, to indicate mutual relationship, to be equipped with. AG FOR SEEKING, HUNTING. To gather or to seek the fruits of the earth or of trees, or to fish -for denizens of the sea and fresh water, is expressed by the use of ag and the thing sought. -Napan nagnateng ti ubingco. My boy has gone for greens. Incam agrasa. We are going crabbing. Inta agbayyabas idiay baquir. We are going into the woods to get some guavas. Agsiruelastanto met. Let us hunt also for cherries. Napancay nagbisucol? Did you look for snails? ILOCO LANGUAGE. 77 AG WITH DISEASES. To have or to suffer from some sickness is indicated by ag with thename of the disease. Ni asauam ania ti saquitna? AgV/ sicsicalen. Nagburtong idi bulan a nalabes. Agpudpudut cami. Aguyec iti sagpaminsan. Agparaoca met bassit. Uray siac agpanatengac met. What is the matter with your wife? She is in the pains ofchildbirth. He had smallpox last month. We have the fever. He has coughing spells. You are also a little hoarse. I am still constipated notwithstanding. AG FOR USING TOOLS. To use some tool, or implement, or some weapon of the chase(hunting, or fishing, or trapping) is indicated by prefixing ag to the name of such tool, etc. Inta agpaltoog. Asin ti agarado idiayf Iti agpanpandaras gayyemco. Iti agragadi ni Juan. Deydiay nga agpapaet cabsatna. Nagtulali ni casinsinco. Let us go a-gunning. Who is that ploughing there? That man working with an adzeis a friend of mine. That is John who is sawing. That man who is using the chisel is his brother. My cousin was playing the flute. (Or nagflauta, since tulali is anr exotic from the Tagalog.) AG WITH GAMES. Ag is used with the names of games to signify the playing of said' games. Agpataiyecda. Agcuddo daguiti ub-ubbing. Agmontetay man. Agtres sietecam quetdi. They are playing "Heads and, Tails." The boys are playing jack-stones.. Let us play monte, if you please.. We also play "three seven." AG WITH DRESS. To put on any article for the clothing or adornment of the body is. expressed by the name of the article with the prefix ag. Agbadoca. Nagcal-logongen? Quet nagbotitos pay. Nagsingsing ni asauac. Agulescayo. Agararitos. Put on your shirt. Did he put on his hat? (Yes) and he put on his boots; also. My wife put on her ring. Throw on this cloak. She is putting on her ear-rings. AG FOR ACTING. To imitate or represent a part is expressed by ag with the name of that which is represented. 78 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Aguy-uyongca. Agbaba-iacto. Addanto comedia? Oen, agsagsagana daguitinto agcomedia. Asinonto ti baba-i nga agar-ari? Asinonto ti lalaqui nga agar-ari. You play the part of fool (clown). I will take the part of a woman. Will there be a play? Yes, and they are arranging the parts for the players. What woman will take the part of queen? Who will be the king? AG FOR MUTUAL RELATIONSHIP. To express the relationship of two or more individuals to each other ag is prefixed to the word expressive of relationship. If this should be of a father or mother towards the children, the particle would be prefixed to the word for father or mother, etc., the other relationship being implied; it not being possible from the bare sentence to tell the sex of the one implied. If there be more than two, the first syllable of the noun is reduplicated. Aganmada. Aguinada. Agapoda. Agasauada. Agcasinsincami. Agaamada. Aguiinacami. They are father and son (child). They are mother and child. They are grandfather and grandchild. They are husband and wife. We are cousins. They are (the) father and his soIls. We are mother and children. AG OR AGTAGUI FOR EQUIPMENT. To take along with one some defensive or offensive weapon is expressed by prefixing ag or agtagui to the word denoting the weapon. No coma no inca idiay bantay, ag If you should go to the mountains paltoogca (or agtaguipalttog- take a gun with you. ca). Agbunengacon. I carry a bolo now. Agtaguigayang pay ida. They also carried (were armed.., I~ Ania ti pagtaguibunengamf Caano ti pinagtaguigayangda? with) spears. Why do you carry a bolo? (No- tice that the formulas are the same as with ag.) When were they armed with spears? Closely associated, at least in form, with ag are several particles into which ag enters as a component part. It has been thought well to place these several particles under this present chapter. One of them "agpa" is connected, not only in form, but also etymologically with ag. AGSIN. The particle agsin is intimately connected with ag, inasmuch as with certain modifications ag may take its place. The use of this particle is to denote reciprocity of action, and it also serves to express emulation or rivalry. For reciprocity of action either agsin is prefixed, the first syllable of the root being reduplicated; or ag simply is prefixed to the entire root reduplicated; or, if the root end in a vowel, the root is reduplicated with "n" intercalated; or after the initial consonant ILOCO LANGUAGE. 79 of the root "inn" is inserted, ag prefixed, while the root is not reduplicated. These are illustrated with "tulung'" and "sao." 1st. 2d. 3d. 4th. Agsincacaasida. Tulung. Tulung. Sao. Tulung. Agsinquiquitada. Agtulungtulungda. Agsintutulungda nga dua. Nagtungpatungpada. Agsusicsusicda. Agasinasida. Agqitanquitada. Agsaonsaoda. Agtinnulungda. Agtinnungpada. Agsinnusicda. Agsintutulung. Agtulungtulung. Agsaonsao. Agtinnulung. They have compassion on each other. They look at each other. They aid each other. The two help each other. They had a boxing bout. They are wrangling (disputing). They have compassion on each other. (Here the syncopation of "caasi" should be noted. I have not been able to discover any set rule for the many syncopations that occur in this language. Often it is easy to recover the root. Here it would be somewhat difficult.) They are looking at each other. They are conversing. They help each other. They are boxing. They are wrangling. To denote rivalry or emulation between two or more the particle agsin is prefixed and the first syllable of the root is reduplicated; or the particle "inn" may be inserted after the first consonant of the root. and the root itself is reduplicated, provided that more than two individuals are spoken of. Agsinpipigsa da Juan quen Pedro. Agsinsisiribda. Agsinsisiglatda. Aglinnaingda. Agpinnigsapigsada daguit tal-lo. Aglinnucmeglucmegda. John and Peter are rivals in courage (emulate each other). They are competitors in learning. They contest with each other in (feats of) agility. The two are rival belles. The three are rivals in valor. They are competitors as to which is the heaviest (fattest). WUIN. Aguin is used to express the pretending the performance of some act, or of some state or condition. It closely approaches ag in "playing a part." While in the previous case, where ag was used with "inn" a consonant interposing, here the particle is a whole, the "u" being a phonetic intercalation. Thus, "ag —inn" or "aguin." When used, the first syllable of the root is reduplicated. Aguintuturogca. You are pretending to be asleep. Aguinpipilayda. They pretend to be lame. Naguinpapanao. He made as if he were going. Aguinbabasacayo. Make believe that you are reading. 8o ILOCO LANGUAGE. Naguinsusuratda. Ania ti paguinsasangitaiyo? They pretended to be writing. Why are you making believe tocry? AGA OR PAGA. One or other of these particles is used to signify the part of the body to which something reaches, as water in fording a stream, depth of mud, length of a garment, etc. In such case the part of the body which marks the limit is the root of the verb. If aga (or paga) is followed by a vowel a euphonic "t" is intercalated. Adalem ti carayan? Agasiquet idi calnian (or pagasiquet, etc.) Dinsa agapingil. Agpayso a pagatumeng? Agatengnged. Atiddag daguiti ima ti badom; agaramayda. Agasicoda laeng. Is the river deep? Yesterday it reached to the waist. Perhaps it did not come to theankles. Is it sure that it came to the knees? To the neck rather. Your shirt-sleeves are long; they come down to your fingers. They only reach to the elbows. The particle aga is also used to indicate that some person or thing smells of something. In this use if the root, which is that from which the odor emanates, begins with a vowel the euphonic "t" is not intercalated. Agachocolateca. You smell of chocolate. Agamamaca met. And you smell of soup. Agaarac ditoy. It smeels of wine here. Agalasonada. They smell of onions. AGCA OR AGCACA. To show that two or more individuals possess the same moral or physical qualities, or that they resemble one another in some respect or condition, the particle agca, or, if there are three or more, the particle agcaca is used with the word showing the point of resemblance as a root. Sometimes the particle an is attached to the root. Agcarupa daguitoyna dua. Agcaingelda. Agcaaroba ti balay da Juan quen Pedro. Agcaamacami, ngem sabali ni inac, quet sabali ti inana. These two resemble each other in, features. They are equal in strength. John's and Peter's houses are adjacent. We have the same father, but different mothers. If there are three or more individuals the particle agcaca is usedSometimes the particle an is appended to the word denoting the point of likeness, but its use is optional, and it does not seem to affect the meaning. Agcacapin-ano cayo? In what grade are you? Agcacasucubcami nga uppat. We four are relations. Agcacaadalancami. We are schoolmates. Agcacaadalcami. We are schoolmates. Agcacalugananda amin. They are all fellow voyagers (shipmates.) ILOCO LANGUAGE. 8I AGPA. The particle agpa is used mainly to indicate the ordering of an action. The distinction must be noticed between. the formula of command and commanding the action of the verb. The latter is simply a formula; the former is subject to modification through all the formulas, corresponding exactly to ag, with the addition of the syllable pa. The formulas are given below: Class. Simple form, Instrument, Cause, Command, Time, Verbal, Present. Agpasurat. Pagpasurat. Pagpasuratan. Pagpasuraten. Panagpasurat. Managpasurat. Preterite. Nagpasurat. Pinagpasurat. Nagpasuratan. Pinagpasurat. Pinagpasurat. Managpaaramidac. Agpapunasac cadaguiti pinggan. Pagpunasenca cadaguiti pinggan. Agpasuratcayo. Pagpabasaec ti ubingco. Ania ti pinagpadaitmo? Ania ti pagpasagadayyo? I am the foreman. I order the dishes washed. I order you to wash the dishes. You have them write. I told my boy to have them read. With what did you order the sewing done? Why did you order the place swept? Agpa has some special uses, as will be found to be the case with nearly all the verbal particles. It gives the meaning of going in a certain direction, commanding oneself. Nagpaabagatan ni amamon? Has your father already gone to the South? Agpalaudac coma. I should like to go West. Agpaditoyta man, gayyem. Friend, let us go this way. Agpaidiaycayo. Go (you) yonder. The expressions "Does it seem to you," "Do you think," etc., with negations are also expressed by this particle. Ania, dica agpadengngeg caniac? What, do you think that I have no ears (can't hear)? APAG. This particle is used to express the idea of recentness, or of having been recently accomplished or done. Apagluto. Recently cooked. Apagcasar. Just married. Apaganacac. I have just given birth to a child. Apagitlog. A fresh-laid egg. PAG. This particle prefixed to a word whose first syllable is reduplicated indicates the use to which the thing is put. Pagtutudo toy a payong. This umbrella is to use when it rains. 82 ILOCO LANGUAGE. XVI. MANG. The active particle mang is used primarily and principally to make the active transitive verb. The phonetic principles of the language do not permit the use of "ng" before certain consonants, to be specified presently. In such cases either mam is used or man. The grammatical significance of the three forms is the same. The formulas of mang are herewith given, the elementary form being placed first. The root employed is "alad," to fence. FORMULAS. Class. Present. Preterite. Elementary, Mangalad. Nangalad. Instrument, Pangalad. Pinangalad. Place, Pangaladan. Nangaladan. Command, Pangaladen. Pinangalad. Time, Panangalad. Pinangalad. Verbal, Manangalad. EXAMPLES. ELEMENTARY. Mangalaca iti maysa nga palang- Bring a chair. ca. Siac ti mangagas quencuana. I (will) cure him. Manglacoda iti lana. They sell oil. Manginanamaac iti naimbag a I trust in your good will. naquemmo. Asinonto to mangeddep iti silao? Who will put out the light? Asin ti nanglaco cadaguiti pamu- Who sold the hens? sian? Asin ti nangalad la huerta? Who fenced the garden? Siac ti nangaramid idi calman. I did it yesterday. INSTRUMENT. Ania ti pangatepda iti simbaanf With what are they roofing the church? Ania ti pangiddepyo iti apuy? With what do you extinguish the fire? Ania ti pangsatsat iti badom? With what are they ripping your shirt? Ania ti pinangaramidyo iti nasa- With what did you make the mit? candy? PLACE. Sadin ti nangalaam iti apug? From what place did you bring the lime? Adin ti panglacuanda cadaguiti Where do they sell mangoes? mankgaf Ania ti pangatepda daytoy? Why are they fixing this roof? Asin ti pautginanamaaiyo iti ba- From whom do you expect aid? dang? Asin ti panggatangam iti arac? For whom are you buying wine? Asin ti nanggatanganda iti cabayo For whom did they buy the black a nangisit? horse? ILOCO LANGUAGE. 83 While Narro in his appendix gives a formula for the person comimanded, the use in this case seems to revert back to the particle "ag." It is to be remembered that the same root may be used with one and -another particle, active or passive. There are no fixed conjugations as in Latin, Greek, Hebrew, or in the Romance and other modern European languages. The person commanded is of course a direct object and "ag" serves to express the idea fully. TIME. Caano ti pinangalam iti gatas? Jdi calman ti pinangalac iti gatas. Nalaca ti panangala iti darat. Naimbag ti pinangaladda iti lahuerta. Jnton-ano ti panangyegda cadaguiti manoc? Jta ti panangyegda cadaguiti itlog. When did you bring the milk? I brought the milk yesterday. It is easy to haul sand. They made a good fence about the garden. When will they bring the chickens? They are bringing the eggs now. VERBALS. Daguiti mananglaco. Daguiti mananggatang. Daguiti manangluto. Daguiti manangatep iti balayco. The sellers (merchants). The buyers. The cooks. Those who are roofing my house. For the gerundive form, when the root is a monosyllable, or becomes monosyllabic by the Syncopation of its initial vowel or syllable, the particle mang itself is reduplicated instead of the root. Canen or can, food. Mangmangando. They are eating. Here the can loses its "c" after "ng" leaving only "an," and the root in such case becomes difficult to discover. Experience will teach one how to seek for the elements that are lacking. Ited, a gift. Mangmangtedda. They are giving. Teggued, day-labor. Mangmangguedda. They are working by the day. When the particle mang occurs before an initial "c" or "qu" this letter is suppressed, and the "ng" is often reduplicated, even when there is no emphatic or frequentative use. No adda mangngaasi (from If any one takes pity on me. caasi) caniac. Asin ti nangasar (from casar) Who married them? cadacuada? Asin ti nangisquis (from quis- Who brushed you? quis) cadacayo? Manangngaasida unay. They are very compassionate. Asin ti mangngumit cadaguiti cu- Who looks after your property? cuam? Ania ti dina nangomfesaran Why did he not hear you conquenca? fess? This particle has its special applications. But inasmuch as what is true of mang is equally true of mam and man, the difference in the use of the particle being only in obedience to phonetic laws, their 84 ILOCO LANGUAGE. consideration will be deferred until the other two particles shall have been given. MAM. When the root begins with "b" or "p," this letter is suppressed and mang becomes mam. The formulas are herewith given, omitting that of the person commanded. The root will be patit, to strike. FORMULAS. Class. Present. Preterite. Elementary, Mamatit. Namatit. Instrument, Pamatit. Pinamatit. Place, Pamatitan. Namatitan. Time, Pammatit. Pinamatit. Verbal, Mammatit. EXAMPLES. ELEMENTARY. Asin ti mamatit iti campana? Who is ringing the bell? Asin ti namarsua iti lubong? Who created the world? Mamatica cadaguiti saoc? Do you believe my words? Isu ti namalubos quenca? Did he give you permission? Sica ti namasia quencuana. You have conquered him. Asin ti namisbis cadaguiti lasona? Who watered the onions? INSTRUMENT. Iti botoboto ti pamatitda iti cam- They strike the bell with the clappana. per. Ania ti pinamisim iti tinapay. With what did they cut the bread? Ania ti pamariquesda? With what do they gird themselves? Daytoy ti pamariquesco. I gird myself with this. PLACE. Ni Senor Obispo ti pamatitanda iti They are ringing the bell for the cantpana. Bishop. Ania ti pamautanda iti ubing? Why are they whipping the boy? Adin ti namasiaanda quencuana? Where did they overcome him? Adin ti pamisiaiyo iti tinapay. Where do you distribute the bread? TIME. Idi calman ti pinamatitda iti cam- They rang the bell yesterday. pana. Inton-ano ti pammasibugda cada- When are they going to water guiti lasona? the onions? Intono bigat isunto ti pammaotco To-morrow I shall give you a quenca. whipping. VERBALS. Daguiti mammati. The believers. Iti mammasia. The victor. Iti mammaot cadaguiti ub-ubbing. The one who beats the children. Iti mammarsua. The Creator. ILOCO LANGUAGE. 85 MAN. When the root begins with "d," "s," or "t," such letter is dropped after mang, and the particle itself is converted into man. The formulas are given with "dait," to sew; the formula of the person commanded being absent. FORMULAS. Class. Present. Preterite. Elementary, Manait. Nanait. Instrument, Panait. Pinanait. Place, Panaitan. Nanaitan. Time, Pannait. Pinanait. Verbal, Mannait. EXAMPLES. ELEMENTARY. Sica ti manalus (from dalus) ca- Are you washing the dishes? daguiti pinggan? Siac ti nanait cadaguiti mediasmo. It was I who mended your stockings. Ni Marcelo ti nanacao cadaguiti It was Marcelo who stole my citabacoc.. gars. Asin ti manurat cadaguiti sur- Who writes your letters? suratmo? Sica to nanaplit iti ubingco Did you strike my boy? INSTRUMENT. Ania ti panaitmo? Ania ti pinanaitda cadaguiti pandiling? Ania ti panuratmo? Ania ti pinanagadmo iti agdan? With what are you sewing? With what did they sew the skirts? With what are you writing? With what did you sweep the stairs? PLACE. Adin ti panaitanna iti badoc? Idiay silidna ti panuratanna cadaguiti sursurat. Adin ti nanusaaiyo iti ubing? Ania ti dica panuluyan iti surat? Where is she making (sewing) my shirt? He is writing the letters in his room. Where did you chastise the boy? Why do you not finish the letter? TIME. Naimbag ti pannaitmo cadaguiti badbado. Naladao ti pinanugquelmo iti candela. Daques unay ti pannuratda cadaguiti sursurat. Caano ti pinanacaoda iti babay? You are making (sewing) the shirts very well. You are putting in the candle late. They are writing the letters very badly. When did they rob the woman? VERBALS. Mannusaca cadaguiti ub-ubbing. You (seem to) take pleasure in punishing children. 86 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Daguiti mannaplit cadaguiti aso. Daguiti mannulad iti naimbag. The dog-beaters. The followers of (that which is) good. OTHER USES OF MANG, MAM AND MAN. In addition to the general uses of this particle in its several modifications, it is also employed with the name of the article in question as the base of the verb, in the sense of going or searching for grasses, canes, fire-wood, and other things of the\ kind. Inton-ano ti pammolota (from When shall we go for bamboo. "bolo")? (fine)? Ita mangrorootcami. We are now- looking for grass. ("zacate"). The gerundive form here is in rule denoting continuing action. Asin ti mamanao? Who is hunting for cogon (panao)? Napan met nanguay. He has also gone to seek bejuco.. Inta manungrod. Let us go for fire-wood (sungrud). This particle is also employed with the meaning "to go to buy," the object which it is desired to purchase being the root of the verb. Intay mangmanoc. Let us go to buy chickens. Incam nangapas. We went to buy tree-cotton (capas). Saanca nga napan nangayo? Did you not go to buy woodf (cayo)? Inca nangnuang? Did you go to buy cattle? (Notethat in these examples the purchase is spoken of in a general way.) XVII. REMAINING ACTIVE PARTICLES. Under this head will be embraced the remaining active particles to. be treated, which will be Urnm, Maca, Macapa, Macapag, Maqui, Maquipag, Maqui ---um, Mamag and Mama. These will be classed under four subdivisions: Um, Maca, Maqui and Mamag; for the others are simply modifications of one or the other of the ones just given. UM. Narro states that Um is used to form neuter and reflexive verbs, and from the standpoint of the Spanish grammarian he is right; but it must be remembered that the true passive is commonly expressed in Spanish as a reflexive verb, as: "No se fijc carteles aqui," "Bills must not be posted here," etc. The so-called reflexives in question here are mostly what in English would be expressed by the passive voice. The "neuters" will be our intransitives. Besides this, um is used to indicate the acquiring of a quality, as "He is growing old," "She is turning gray," "He is becoming childish.'" This particle lacks the formula of instrument and that of the person commanded. It practically lacks also that of place and cause in thepresent, although sometimes the elementary form is employed, some ILOCO LANGUAGE. 87 times the particle "an" is appended to the root; in general, however, for the formulas of instrument and place the verbal "ag" in its proper modifications is used. The forms of the preterite appear below. FORMULAS. Class. Elementary, Place, Time, Verbal, Present. Preterite. Bumasa. Bimmasa. Bumasa or Basaan. Binasa or Binasaa;;. Ibabasa. libabasa. Bumabasa. Note that for the formula of time (and manner) the first syllable is reduplicated, and that for the verbal the first syllable is reduplicated, the particle being inserted between the initial consonant and the following vowel of this reduplicated syllable. The form of particle "Ii" is given by Narro in his appendix for the preterite of the formula of time, and it has been inserted accordingly. This form is common in the passives, as will presently appear. The verb employed in the paradigm above is "basa," the act of reading or "to read." This particle also has the sense of performing some action for a brief interval, "awhile," "for a moment," etc. EXAMPLES. ELEMENTARY. Uminumrca. Uminanatayo. Tumugaodapay. Tumudo laeng. Sumuratca. Sadinonto ti pagsuratac iti nabiit? Lumacaycayo. Simmayaat unay ti rupam. Rumuarda aminen. Umulicayo man. Dipay limmuom daguiti saba. Apayapay pumudao ti boocmo? PL! Apayapay dica sumungbat cani-] ac? Ania ti dical sungbatan caniac? Ania ti gapuna nga sumangitda? Ania ti sangitanda? Ania ti gapuna dida immuli? Ania ti dida inulian? Asin ti dinacquelam? Drink a little. Let us rest for a while. Have them sit down just a moment. It is raining only a little. Write a little. Where shall I write a little? (Note that here the phrase reverts to the verbal in "ag," and that the phrase "iti nabiit" meaning "a little while" is introduced to preserve the significance of the verbal in "um." You are getting old. Your face has grown very beautiful. (Se ha hermoseado mucho tu semblante.) Let every one go now. Won't you come up? The bananas are not yet ripe. Why is your hair turning gray? WCE. Why do you n6t answer me? Why are they crying? Why did they not come up? With whom were you raised? 83 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Adin ti linabagaam? Adin ti linucmegam? Ita ti isasangpet ni ama. Inton-ano ti ibabasami? Where did you get such a color (get so red)? Where did you take on so much flesh? TIME. My father has just now arrived. When shall we read for a time? VERBALS. Dumadaitca. Naimbagca nga dumait. Sumasaoca iti sao ti Iloco (or) Naimbagca nga sumao iti sao iti Iloco. Dumadanio ni asauam. Sumasala met. You are a good sewer. (With the reduplication the verbal in "urn" gives the idea of excelence. The same idea could be conveyed by the use of "um" without the reduplication, some adjective being employed.) You are a good sewer. You speak Iloco well. Your wife sings well. She is also a good dancer. To express the idea of a growing or increasing quality an idiomatic form is used with "urn," which will be illustrated best by examples. It consists in the repetition o.f the verb with la (abbreviation of laeng) and the ligature generally intervening. A similar use exists in English, as: "She laughed and laughed," "older and older," etc. Also in the Iloco, under other forms and with the intervention of la, the repetition of the same thought appears. However, the idea of increasing or decreasing quality seems to be best represented by the verb in "um." Bumassit la nga bumassit. Umadu la nga umadu. Ngumsit la nga ngumsit. Pumudaoca la nga pumudao. Agsangit la nga agsangit. Mangan la mangan. It is constantly decreasing. It is getting larger every day. He gets blacker and blacker. You are becoming whiter all the time. (Note that the second verb does not take the pronoun.) He cries and cries (keeps crying.) He eats and eats. MACA. Under this head will be considered maca, macapa, and macapag. These particles indicate true causation, effect, or result. Maca has its own special uses (idiomatic), which will be considered at the end of this section. Maca also denotes ability or inability to accomplish an act. When the inability proceeds from some extrinsic cause macapag is employed. Maca also serves to indicate the accomplishment of an anticipated action, as: "They are preparing to go," "Now they have gone." In the latter sentence the proper particle would be "maca." The formulas lack those of "instrument" and of "the person commanded." They are given below with "basa," "to read," as a base. ILOCO LANGUAGE. 89 FORMULAS. Class. Present. Preterite. Elementary, Macabasa. Nacabasa. Place, Pacabasaan. Nacabasaan. Time, Pannacabasa. Pannacabasa. Verbal, Mannacabasa. Macapa and macapag have the same formulas, the syllable "pa" or "pag" being inserted as may be required. EXAMPLES. ELEMENTARY. Macapapatay ti sabidong. Iti naiibag a arac macapabilig iti nacapuy. Macapagpipia daguiti naimbag a agas iti masaquit. Iti nabagas a canen macabiag iti tao. Macadanoncayto sadi Tarlac? Macaulica? Nacauliacon. Dicanto macasangpet iti ilim; ta dicanto macasang-at. Nacadaitac iti bayat ti dua nga horas. Diac macapagsurat, ta adu ti sangailic. Saan a macaulog, ta agpudpudot. Saanda nga macapagsagad, ta aoan ti pagsagadda. Agquitquitacami, ngem saancam a macaquita. Agrubrubbuat. Nacarubbuaten. Poison causes death. Good wine strengthens the weak. Good medicines benefit the sick. Substantial food sustains a man. Will you be able to reach Tarlac? Can you come up? I have gotten up now. You will not be able to reach your town; for the way is impassable. I was able to sew for the space of two hours. I am not able to write, for I have many callers. She is not able to come down, for she has a fever. They can not sweep, for they have no brooms. We are looking, but we can not see. He is getting ready to leave. Now he is gone. PLACE. Iti taua nga dacquel ti nacauliac. Sadin ti nacaulugandaf Isu di diacpay pacabasaan. Iti diac pacapaspasiaran, ta pilayac. Asin ti pacaalaam ti casta unay a nasayaat a arac? Ania ti dida nacaruaran? I was able to get up through the large window. By what way were they able to descend? For that reason I an} not able to read as yet. I am not able to go walking, for I am lame. From whom did you get such good wine? Why have they not been able to go out? 'ME. When could you read this book? When could you have gone down? Inton-ano ti pannacabasam toy a libro? Caano ti pannacasalogda? E 90 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Intonanno ti pannacapagpasiarta? Inton-anonsa ti pannacadaitna iti maysa nga bado a pina iga adda caniac? VER] Sica ti mammacaaramid. Ni apo Dios ti mannacabalin amin. Dacayo ti mannacagaud. When shall we take a walk? When could she mend a pifia shirt that I have? BALS. You are the one who can do thework. God is all-powerful. You are the ones who are ableto row. ESPECIAL USES OF MACA. Maca is used when it is desired to express some natural want. Macaturogac unay. Macainumda cano. Diac pay macaidda; ta adu pay ti aramnidco. I am very sleepy (want very much to sleep). They say that they want a drink.. I can not go to bed yet, for L have much to do. Maca prefixed to the name of week, month, or year, makes of the same a verb denoting continuance of action or of state for such period. Mano nga domingom ditoy? Na- How many weeks were you here?' cadomingoac laeng. I stayed one week only. Macabulanacto sadi amianan. I shall be in the North one month.. Nacataoencami sadi Manila. We lived for a year in Manila. Mano nga aldao ti bayagmo iti How many days were you delayeddalan? Nacabulan laeng. on the road? Only a month. In speaking of purchases, when the number of objects that one desires. to purchase is mentioned, maca is prefixed to the numeral, whose first syllable is reduplicated. The same use obtains when the number is given of persons or objects that will fit into a certain space or thing. ManggatangcJa o? Macatatal- Are you buying chickens? I arm loac laeng. I only going to buy three. Mankggatangcay iti itlog? Ma- Are you buying eggs? We want cauaualocam laeng. only eight. Nalaua ti forlonyo; macadudua Your carriage is narrow; only laeng. two can ride in it. Macalilima ti forlonco. Five can go in my carriage. MAQUI. With this particle will be treated the particles maquipag and' maqui —um, which while limited in their applications are of a class with maqui. The formulas of these are similar, "pag" or "urn" being, inserted when required. The formulas of maqui are here given, with "sarita" "to converse," as the base. Maqui primarily and principally is used to denote the company in which the subject acts. When a thirdjoins himself to the others to participate in the action then maquipag is employed. Maqui is also used to denote that a thing is asked for gratis. If the article asked for is fruit or greens the article itself is made the base or root of the verb. If it be not these, then the verbal root "dauat," "to ask" or "rangcap," "to give," is used, the article desired being then the true object of the verb. When simply a great desire for a thing is expressed (including actions), then maqui —um' is used, the thing desired being the root of the verb. Examples will ILOCO LANGUAGE. 9: be given of maqui and maquipag in the sense-of association; while inr the other uses the examples will be given separately. FORM ULAS. Class. Elementary, Place, Time, Verbal, Present. Maquisarita. Maquisaritaan. Pannaquisarita. Mannaquisarita. EXAMPLES. ELEMENTARY. Preterite. Naquisarita. Naquisaritaan. Pannaquisarita. Maquisaoda caniac. Maquipaspasiarac cadacayo. Maquiidda cadacuada. Naquianida quen Antonio. Naquisaritacam quen Pedro. Innac maquisao quen Capitan. Innac met' maquipagsao quenca. Inta maquipagtulag cadacuada. Saancay a naquicuyog quencuana? Oen, quet naquipagcuyog cadacami ni Pedro. They are talking to me. I am going to walk with you. He sleeps with them. They were harvesting with An — tonio. We were conversing with Peter. I am going to talk to the Captain. I will also go with you to speak to him. Let us go with them to make ar — rangements. Were you not in his company? Yes, and Peter joined us, too. ACE. With whom are you talking? Whom did he marry? Why do you go in his company? Why do you join me? They are harvesting ivith themin my large field. I was playing "burro" with him in his sister-in-law's house. Asin ti paquisasaoaiyo? Asin ti naquiasauaanna? Ania ti paquicuyogam quencuana? Ania ti paquipagcuyogam caniac? Iti nalaua nga talonco ti paquianianda cadacuada. Iti balay ti ipagna ti naquiburruac quencuana. TIME. Inton-ano ti pannaquisaoc quen- When can (shall) I have a talk ca? with you? Caano ti pannaquisaritam cadacu- When were you talking to them?' ada? Idi pannaquipagsaritamn met. At the same time that you were Idi pannaquipagcuyogco cadacayo. Caano ti pannaquisaom quen gayemmo? talking. When I accompanied you. When were you talking to myfriend? Mannaquiringgorca. Mannaquiapacayo. Mannaquisugalcayo. Mannaquicuyogcayo. Mannaquipagdennaca met cami. VERBALS. You are quarrelsome. You are contentious. You are gamblers. You people are fond of going together. cada- And you also are fond of join — ing us. 92 ILOCO LANGUAGE. MAQUI, IN ASKING, GRATIS. FRUITS, ETC. Saanca nga naquibayabas quencu- Did you not ask him for guavas? ana? Innac maquinateng quen ipagco. I am going to ask my sister-in Naquitabacocansa quencuana idi calman. Naquimamaac laeng quencuana idi calman. Maquisirguelasca met, ta adu quencuana. law for some greens. You asked her for cigars yesterday possibly. I only asked her for "buyo" yesterday (betel). Ask her for some cherries also, for she has abundance. OTHER ARTICLES. Maquidaoatca iti arac quen apo Padi. Caano ti pannaquirangcapmo quencuana iti asin? Idi pannaquidaoatco met quencuana iti bagas. Innac maquirangcap iti manteca quen iquitco. Ask the priest (Padre) for some wine. When did you ask him for salt? At the same time that I asked him for rice. I am going to ask my aunt for some butter. MAQUI UM FOR DESIRE. Maquisumaritaac. -J Maquiuminumac iti arac. Maquipumaspasiarda. Maquisumangpet iti ilina. Maquicumitaac ti Manila. I have a great desire to converse. I have a longing for wine. They want to take a walk. He is anxious to get to his town. I am desirous of seeing Manila. (Note in maquicumitaac that the root is quita, the "qu" being changed to "c" before the particle um.) MAMAG. This particle is the same (with one exception) as mama. Narro says that where "ag" is (phonetically) permissible mamag is used; otherwise mama is employed. I can find no rule for determining this. In the vocabularies "ag" is found to occur before every letter but "e" and "i," and in such cases it is only that a "u" has to be inserted before them to preserve the sound of the guttural. The idea of these particles is to cause, make, oblige, etc. Mama conveys with it at times the idea of the action continuing only a little while. The formula of the person commanded is naturally lacking, as the idea of command belongs to the particle itself. This form lacks also the verbal. We will take "taray," "to run," as the root for the exhibit of the formulas in "mamag." FORMULAS. Class. Elementary, Instrument, Place, Time, Present. Mamagtaray. Pamagtaray. Pamagtarayan. Pammagtaray. Preterite. Namagtaray. Pinamagtaray. Namagtarayan. Pinamagtaray. ILOCO LANGUAGE. 93 EXAMPLES. ELEMENTARY.. Asin ti mamagtubo cadaguiti roroot? Asin ti mamagtaray iti forlon? Daguiti cabayo. Ti angin a sumbrec ti mamagpusipos iti globo. Ni amac ti namagsurat caniac. Asin ti namauli cadacuada? Asin ti mamacan cadaguiti cabayo? Asin ti namainum quenca? Asin nainadigos cadaguiti cabayo? Asin ti mamasuso iti taguibi? Isu ti namatugao cadacuada. Who makes the plants to grow? Who (what) makes the carriage go? The horses. The wind entering makes the globe revolve. My father made me write. Who had them come up. Who fed the horses (i. e., made the horses eat)? Who gave him drink? (In these two examples the supplying of the wherewithal by which the appetite is to be satisfied is regarded apparently as "causing or occasioning.") Who bathed the horses? Who is giving nurse to the child? He had them sit down -for a while. In these latter examples with "mama" the idea of making or compelling is only remote. Indirectly one is made to eat, drink, bathe, nurse, etc., by having the opportunity given to them by some agent. The direct act depends on the will or instinct of the active agent. It might seem that in "mama" inheres such a power, that is of causing an action by giving the subject the opportunity to act. INSTRUMENT. Ania ti pamagpusiposna iti globof With what does he revolve the globe? Iti imac ti pinamagpusiposco. I turn it with my hand. Iti pagbaot ti pinamagtarayco iti I make the horse go (by using} cabayo. the whip. Iti napigsa panaguicquisco ti pa- I make the dogs go out (down> maulog'o cadaguiti aso. by calling at them loudly. PLACE. Ania ti pamaruaram cadacami? Ania ti pamasusuanna iti ubing iti casta unay? Iti siroc toy a cayo ti namacanam cadaguiti cabayo. Ania ti saanmo a naniaruaran ditoy cadaguitoy a pusa? Why do you force us to leave? Why does she give nurse to the child so much? Feed the horses under this tree. Why did you not put the cats out of here? TIME. Casano ti pinamaulogmo cadacuada? Casano ti pammagtarayyo quencuana? Intan-ano ti pammagtalaomi quencuana? How did you make them gob down? How do you make him hasten? When shall we assist him in escaping? (This particle here would seem to require such a 494 ILOCO LANGUAGE. meaning, the assisting being in the nature of obliging, making to do.) lCaano ti pinamaulogna cadacayo? When did he oblige you to depart (go down)? XVIII. THE PASSIVE VOICE. The verbals or verbal particles of the passive voice will be grouped under four principal heads, namely: " - en," `" an," "i," and "ma." Under these will be treated subordinate classes, either because they -have a direct etymological relation, or because the particle in question -enters into their composition. The characteristics of the passive verbs have been given in a previous part of this work. It is to be remembered that the subject of a passive is in the genitive, and the direct object in the nominative. It is also to be noted that the use of the passive is principally determined by the character or importance of the object, the points of deter-:mination having been already given. The passive voice presents considerable difficulty in the matter of formulas, passing back often to particular classes of active forms,.sometimes retaining with these their characteristic features, sometimes losing them entirely. These peculiarities will be noticed under the several heads. The combinations in the phrase of both 'subject and object, these being,personal pronouns, presents its difficulties. They are accordingly presented in the form of paradigms. The verb used will be "suruten," "'to follow," fi )m "surut." PARADIG M S. DECLARATIVE. FIRST PERSON. SINGULAR..Surutenca. I follow you. Surutec. I follow him. Surutencayo. I follow you..Surutec ida. I follow them. PLURAL..Surutendaca. We follow you. Surutentayo. 1 Surutenmi. We follow him. Surutenta. J Surutendacayo. We follow you. Surutentayo ida. } Surutenmi ida. We follow them. Surutenta ida. J SECOND PERSON. SINGULAR. ~Surutennac..Surutem. You follow me. You follow him. ILOCO LANGUAGE. 95.Surute nacami. Suruten ida. You follow us. You follow them..Surutendac. Suruteiyo. Surutendacami. }.Surutenta. PLURAL. You follow me. You follow him. You follow us. THIRD PERSON..Surutennac. Suruten naca..Surutenna..Surutennatayo. 1 Surutennacami..Suruteniata. J Surutennacayo..Surutenna ida. SINGULAR. He follows me. He follows you. He follows him. He follows us. He follows you. He follows them. Surutendac..Surutendaca. Surutenda. 'Surutendatayo. Surutendacami..Surutendata. Surutendacayo..Surutenda ida. PLURAL. They follow me. They follow you. They follow him. They follow us. They follow you. They follow them. NEGATIVE. FIRST PERSON. Saanca nga suruten. Dica suruten. J -Saanco a suruten. } Diac suruten. Saancay a suruten.. Dicay suruten..Saanco a suruten ida. Diac suruten ida. SINGULAR. I do not follow thee. I do not follow him. I do not follow you. I do not follow them..Saandaca nga suruten. Didaca suruten. *.'Saantay a suruten..Saanmi a suruten. Saanta tga suruten. Ditay suruten. Dicant suruten. Dita suruten..Saandacay a suruten. Didacay suruten. PLURAL. We dq not follow you. We do not follow him. We do not follow you. 96 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Saantay a suruten ida. Saanmi a suruten ida. Saanta nga suruten ida. Ditay suruten ida. Dicam suruten ida. Dita suruten ida. i We do not follow them Saanac a suruten.} Dinac suruten. 5 Saanmo a suruten. Dica suruten. Saannacam a suruten. Dinacam suruten. } Saanmo a suruten ida. Dica suruten ida. SECOND PERSON. SINGULAR. You do not follow me. You do not follow him. You do not follow us. You do not follow them Saandac a suruten. Didac suruten. Saanyo a suruten. Dicay suruten. 5 Saandacam a suruten. } Didacam suruten. 5 Saanyo a suruten ida. Dicay suruten ida. 5 PLURAL. You do not follow me. You do not follow him, You do not follow us. You do not follow them Saanac a suruten. Dinac' suruten. J Saannaca nga suruten. Dinaca suruten. 5 Saanna nga suruten. Dina suruten. J Saannata nga suruten. Saannacam a suruten. Saannatay a suruten. Dinata suruten. Dinacam suruten. Dinatay suruten. Saannacay a suruten. \ Dinacav suruten. f Saanna nga suruten ida. Dina suruten ida. 5 THIRD PERSON. SINGULAR. He does not follow me. He does not follow youHe does not follow him. He does not follow us.. He does not follow you. He does not follow them. Saandac a suruten. } Didac suruten. 5 Saandaca nga suruten. Didaca suruten. 5 Saanda nga suruten.} Dida suruten. S PLURAL. They do not follow me. They do not follow you. They do not follow him. 111 ILOCO LANGUAGE. 97 Saandata nga suruten. Saandacam a suruten. Saandatay a suruten. Didata suruten. Dicacam suruten. Didatay suruten. Saandacay a suruten.} Didacay suruten. J Saanda nga suruten ida. Dida suruten ida. 5 They do not follow us. They do not follow you. They do not follow them. Note that when the object of the passive verb is a pronoun of the third person, singular or plural, and the subject is a personal pronoun of any number or person, this subject, when the negative di is employed, is nominative. Dica suruten. You do not follow him. Diac suruten ida. I do not follow them. Dida suruten ida. They do not follow them. XIX. EN. With this particle is closely connected the particle pa, which is used to command the action of verbs in "en," although the latter disappears. The particles pag —en, pa en, and ca-en will also be considered in this section. "En" is the most extensively used of the passive particles. Its preterite is "in." The former is always a suffix; the latter is either a prefix or is inserted in the beginning of the root. The prin-.cipal use of this particle is to form an "active transitive verb" (speaking from the standpoint of the English grammarian). It has a number of idiomatic uses, which will be considered in their turn. It is sometimes used when "an" might seem to be the proper particle. This point will be taken up under the latter particle. For the ideas conveyed by the formulas of the active verbs, those in "en" pass generally to the forms of the active "mang," sometimes to those in "ag" or in "urn. EXAMPLES. Sapuleiyo ti cabayo. Patitem ti campana. Dadaitec daguiti badoc. Singirenmi ti utangna. Basbasaenda ti surat. Aramidem daytoy. Inaramidcon. Aoan ti sinaludsudco. Dinac cavat? Inayatca idi nabayag. Alaeiyo dayat payong. Inala ni Juanen. Hunt the horse. Ring the bell. I am mending my clothes (shirts). We (will) pay his account. They are reading the letter. Do this. I have done it already. I was not asking about anything. Do you not love me? He used to love you. Take that umbrella. John has already taken it. Examples are here given of the passing of verbs in "en" to the forms ' in "mang," "ag," etc. This is in order to indicate the meanings conveyed by the formulas; manner, time, verbals, etc. Baludenlda ni Pedro, cano. They say that they have arrested Peter. 98 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Ania ti pamaludanda quencuana? Ti pamaludanda quencuana ta tinacaona ti relosco. Adin ti nanacaoanna? Casano ti pannacaona.? Pinidutna idi aoan ti tao idiay. Calcalienda deydiay a cayo. Ania ti pacalida? Tengngelem ti cabayo; ta nasiglat ti pannagnana. Why have they arrested him? They arrested him because he stole my watch. Where did he steal it from? How did he (manage) to steal it? He took it when there was nobody around. They are digging out that wood. With what are they digging? Rein in the horse; that he may go slowly (gently). SPECIAL USES OF EN. This particle is used to express that one feels or has symptoms of some illness or infirmity. The word denoting such infirmity becomes the root. In appearance the verb seems to revert to an active form, the nominative pronoun appearing to be the subject of the verb, but according to the genius of the language it remains a true object. Thus according to our ideas and ways of speaking we would say "I have a fever"; but to the Iloco the thought is "The fever has me." Borngennacsa. I fear I am going to have the Ania, gurigurencaf Pudutennac no dadduma. Batibatenacsa no rabiy. Talimodauennacsa. smallpox. What, have you any fever? At times I am feverish. I feel as if I were going to have bad dreams (nightmare) tonight. My head feels very light. It also is used to indicate that an article or material is good for a certain purpose. Here the thing for which the article will serve becomes the root of the verb. The first syllable of the word is, in this use, reduplicated. Aadiguien toy a cayo. This tree will serve for houseposts. Babadoen daytoy a abel. This cloth is good for shirts. Lalamesaanen toy a tabla. This board will make a table. Guguyuden ti vacam. Your ox will be a good draught animal. Papalangcaen daytoy a cayo. This wood will work up into chairs. En also serves to express that one has a person or a thing for some particular purpose or relation, the said person or thing being the root of the verb. Asin ti apoem? Who is your master? Aoan ti apoec. I have no master. Ni apo Antonio ti Padiec. Father Antonio is my Pastor. Asin ti inounaeiyot Whom have you for an elder brother? This particle also expresses the idea "it seems to," the quality or character in question being the root of the verb. It also expresses the idea, which is in the same line of thought, "to have for," "to count, consider," etc. Imbaguenda ti daques. They make evil their good. ILOCO LANGUAGE. 99 Adavoec ti Manila em ti Vigan. Sinayaatda ti balayco ngem ti balaymo. Tacroteiyo ti asoc? Ngininada ti cabayom. Bassitempay dayta nga pirac. Aduec quetdi. Singpetenca idi. It seems to me that Manila is further off than Vigan. My house seemed finer to them than yours. Does my dog seem to you to be cowardly? They considered your horse dear. Does that seem to you to be little money? On the contrary it seems to me - considerable. I took you for a sincere man. To convert or make one thing into another is denoted by this particle, the object into which the thing is converted being the root of the verb. Sapinem toy a lupo?. Aramidem a sapin toy a lupot. Balineiyo a buneng toy a landoc. Bunengeiyo toy a landoc. Cauarenna toy a balitoc. Make up this cloth into pantaloons (under this head the same idea is conveyed by the use of aramid or balin, meaning "to make" or "to convert.") Make pants of this cloth. Make a bolo of this iron. Make a bolo, etc. Let him make a chain of this gold. When some part of the body is employed as the instrument, of the action, such part of the body is used as the root of the verb with "en," there being a reduplication of the first syllable and its following consonant. Apayapay sacsacaeiyo ti agmasa. Agcalicay ditoy. Aoan ti pagcalimi. Ramramayeiyo ti agcali. Matmataeiyo ti agsucat iti arac? Ania, dapdapanem ti agsagad? Why are you stamping with your feet? Make a channel (trench) here. We have nothing to dig with. Dig with your fingers. (In the last sentence is a good illustration of the dependent verb.) Are you measuring the wine by guess (i. e., with the eye)? What, are you sweeping with your feet? To express that a thing has been eaten, is being, or is iq danger of being eaten by some insect or animal, the particle "en" is used; the name of the insect or animal becoming the root of the verb. Inca alaen ti tinapay, dila mama- Go bring the bread, lest the dog ninano nga asoen. eat it. Inaso meten.. The dog has already eaten it. Addapay nasam-it? Inipes amin- Are there any "sweets"? The en. cockroaches have already eaten them. Dinto cotonen toy azucarf Will not the ants eat this sugar? When speaking of quantity in cardinal numbers it is required to bring the amount up to an even ten, twenty, hundred, etc., or in money I00 ILOCO LANGUAGE. up to a specific coin value, as a peso or a dollar, the said number or value required is made the basis of the verb with the particle "en." Manu nga itlog daguita? Ualualoda. Sangapoloenda. Manu nga manga ti guinatangmo? Sangapolo quet innem. Duapoloem. Agcurang ti pirac. Manguiruarca pay. Saan a umanay ti innem a sicapat. Pisoem ngarud. How many eggs are there? Eight only. Let them bring ten. How many mangoes did you buy? Sixteen. Get four more (i. e., make it up to twenty). There is not enough money. Go get some more. Six reals (37% cents U. S. Cy.) is not enough. Make it a peso then. PA. To command the action of verbs where the particle "en" has been employed, that particle is dropped, and "pa" is used; the person commanded being put in the dative, and the direct object of command being in the nominative. The preterite of this particle is "pina." Inca alaen ti cal-logongco. Paalacto. Sapuleiyo ti cabayoc. Pasapulminto. Daitemr toy a bado. Padaitconto quen asauac. Saganaentay ti paguiddan. Pinagaganac iti ubing. Patitenda ti campana. Pinapatitco cadaguiti sacristan. Pinalacoc quen asauac ti asin. Go bring my hat. I will give orders to have it brought. (This is a good example of agglutination. The root "ala" is "to bring," "to" is the sign of the future, the contraction of "co" into "c" is the genitive subject, while "pa" indicates the commanding of the action.) Hunt my horse. We will have search made for it. Mend (sew) this shirt. I will have my wife mend it. Let us make the bed. I gave orders to the boy to do it. Let them ring the bell. I ordered the sacristans to ring it. I ordered my wife to sell the salt. PAG-EN AND PA - EN. To indicate the person commanded the particles "pag en" or "pa en" are employed. The latter is used when the root does not permit the use of "ag"; but even if it may, when the action is for a brief interval "pa —en" is used. The preterites of these are "pinag" or "pina." Instead of this form may be used the active forms in "mamag" or "mama," sometimes that in "agpa." Pagsagadenda daguiti ub-ubbing. Sica ti pagdaitoc daytoy. Pagbasaennac toy a libro. Paguinanaennacami. Pasaplitmo ti aso. Asin ti pagsaplitec? Parruarennac? Patugaoem ida. Let them command the boys to, sweep. I wish (bid) you to mend this. Let me read this book. Let us rest. ("To permit," "let," etc., are included under this class.) Have that dog beaten. Whom shall I bid beat it? Do you oblige me to depart? Have them sit down for a moment. ILOCO LANGUAGE. IOI Painanaennacami. Apayapay pinaguiddam ida? Ni casinsinco ti pinadaitco. Permit us to rest a little. Why did you make them go to bed? I told my cousin to do the mend ing. Apayapay saanmo a pinauli ida? Why did you not allow them to go up? SPECIAL USES OF PAG-EN AND PA ---EN. These particles are used to denote making or causing another (person or animal) to do a certain thing, or giving to, as giving food or drink to an animal, and thereby indirectly causing said animal to eat or drink, etc. The same rules exist here and in the other special uses as to the phonetic limitations of the particles. It would seem from the examples as given that before a, c, i, r, s, t, and u, the particle "pa en" should or may be employed. Painumeiyo daguitoy. Pacanenda daguiti cabayo. Pagparintumengem ti ubing. Patabacoeiyo daguiti sangili. Pinatabacomi idan. Pagdigusem daguiti cabayo. Paangotendac toy a sabung. Dica pagtarayen daguiti cabayo. Agbaliquidca. Diac macabaliquid. Pagbaliquidencanto. Pagarabeiyo daguitoy a baca. Pagling-etem toy a masaquit. Give them to drink. Feed the horses. (If the horses were grazing and eating what they could find, the proper word would be "mangan"; but here, where they are taken care of, they are considered as made to eat.) HTave the child kneel. Give the guests something to smoke. We have already given them some cigars. Bathe the horses. This flower scents me. Don't make the horses run. Turn over. I cannot turn over. I will turn you over. (In these three examples is a good illustration of the relative values of the particles "ag," "maca" and "pag-en.") Take these cattle to pasture. Give this sick (man) a sudorific (make him sweat). There are given here some examples of the passing of this form to forms in "mamag," "mama," and "agpa." Pauliem ida. Siacto ti mamauli Tell them to come up. Shall I cadacuada? tell them to come up? Pacanenda ida. Asinto ti mama- Have them fed. Who is to feed can cadacuada? them? Dinacam pinagtugao. Asin ti He did not allow us to sit down. namagtugao cadacayo? Who did allow you to sit down? Asin ti mamadigos cadaguiti ca- Who is bathing the horses. bayo? Ti cochero ti agpadigos cadacua- The coachman is bathing them. da. Asin ti mamaarab cadaguiti Who is taking the carabaos to nuang? pasture? 102 ILOCO LANGUAGE. These particles are also used in the sense of "Do you think I have no -." Also in the sense of being treated like an animal. In these cases the name of the animal or the part supposed to be lacking becomes the root of the verb. Dinac pagmataen. Ania, dica agpadengngeg caniac? Ania dinac pagdengngeguen? Pababuyendaca. Paasoendatayo. Do you think that I have no eyes (can't see)? Do you think I have no ears (can't hear)? (Note the difference in construction between the particles "agpa" and "pag- en.") They treat you like a pig. They treat us like dogs. The expressions "wait till," "hold on until," etc., are also rendered by the use of these particles, the root of the verb being the action of the thing waited for, as: the SETTING of the sun, the RISING of the moon, etc. Paruarem ti bulan. Wait till the moon rises. Palennequentay ti init. Let us wait till sun-set. Pinagsardengda ti tudo. They waited until it stopped raining. Pasirapem ti init. Wait till the sun rises. CA EN. To express increase or diminution, whether in quantity or time, is done by means of the particle "ca en." The preterite of this is "quina," the "en" being dropped. The word expressing the increase becomes the root of the verb. Caaduem ti canen. Caatiddugeiyo dayta tali. Cabiitenda ti agpatit. Cabassitenda ti aguited. Casapaeiyo ti umay. Caababaenda ti cauar. Quinabayagda ti agpatit? Quinabayagda iti caguddua nga horas. Luctam toy a botella. Nilucatacon. Isu gapuna nga bassit ti aracnan. Quinabassitcon. Quinaadum ti canent Increase the (amount of) food. Lengthen that rope. Let them ring (only) a short time. Let them give a little. Come a little early. Let them shorten the chain. Did they ring for a long time?' They rang half an hour. Open this bottle. I have just opened it. Therefore it has little wine in it. I diminished (the quantity) just now. Did you increase the amount of food? IX. AN. With the particle "an" will be considered the following: "pa — an," "ca- an," and "sanga- an." The last has been already treated under the head of "Nouns." -While this particle has its characteristic uses, and is also employed idiomatically, it is sometimes confounded with "en," i. e., is used where "en" would seem to be the proper particle. The close resemblance of ILOCO LANGUAGE. I03 the two, and the enliness of dictioespecially as regards the vowels, that is so characeristic f e Fipmos; and, in addition to this, the t f a language that has little or no written literature; and the narrow local habitat of a dialect, where an adjoining town, a few miles away, may have a different dialect; these may serve to account for such irregularities as may appear. The preterite of this particle is "in," either as a prefix or an intercalation, and sometimes "ni," which is a prefix. This also occurs sometimes with verbs in "en." The characteristic of this form is the acting of the verb on an indirect object. According to the genius of the language, that is sometimes regarded as the indirect object which we would regard as direct. For instance, to sweep a room would suggest to us the room as the direct object, whereas the Iloco would regard the dirt that is swept up as the direct object, even though the word is not expressed. There are a number of idiomatic forms which will be treated of later. In these and other idiomatic forms the distinctive characteristic seems to be the formation of the verb from nouns, adjectives, etc., while the normal form has its verbs constructed from true verbal substantives. EXAMPLES: Ania ti daoateiyo? Asin ti daoataiyo? Ni apo Santa Maria ti cararagac. Asin ti umuli? Ni Ricardo. Riquepam ti ruangan. Lucatam ni gayyemtayo. Asin ti vinotosam a capitan? Asin ti sinacsiam? Apayapay layatannac? Sagadaiyo ti silid. Escobaam ti sapinco. Saplidanna daguiti palangca. Cuscusaiyo ti lamisaan. Cuscusenda ti ruguit ti lamisaan. What are you asking for? Of whom are you asking it? (The distinction between the use of "en" and "an" is here exhibited.) I am praying to the Virgin Mary. Who is coming up? Richard. Close the door on him. Open for our friend. For whom did you vote as captain? For whom did you testify? Why do you threaten me? Sweep the room. Brush my pants. Let him dust these chairs. (Where it is stated explicitly what is to be dusted off, or acted on, the form in "en" is employed, e. g., saplidenna ti tapuc daguiti palangca. Let him brush the dust from the chairs.) Scrape the table. Let them scrape the dirt off of the table. SPECIAL USES OF AN. To cast or place one object on another, or in another place is expressed by using this particle, commonly with the name of the thing to be placed. Dapuaiyo toy a ruguit. Throw some ashes over that filth. Puuranna toy a cayo. Let him put fire to this wood. Putaoanda. Let them put him behind the bars. Innac pulotan ti masaquit. I am going to administer extreme Niraepanda daguit taltalonda? Caluban ti burnay. Asinam ti canen. unction to the sick (man). Did they do their transplanting? Put the cover on the jar. Salt the food. 104 ILOCO LANGUAGE. This particle is also employed to indicate that a thing is increased, diminished, or changed. Acaba unay toy a tabla. Quissayam bassit. Dacquel toy a pano. Cartibam bassit. Sucatam ti badom. Ababa toy a adigui. Silpuanda. Lucasaiyo toy a burnay. This board is too broad. Trim it down a little. This cloth is (too) big. Cut it with the scissors. Change your shirt. This (house) post is too short. Let them splice it. Open (take the cover off of) this jar. To signify the seed with which a piece of land is sown the particle "an" is used with the name of the seed as a root. Saanyo a pagayantoy a talon? Maisanminto. Tayomaiyo quetdi. Quet capasaiyo daytoy meysa. Binalatunganmi idi napan a taoen. Are you not sowing rice in this field? We shall sow Indian corn. You had better plant indigo. And in this one plant cotton. We planted mongos (a small bean) last year. When the value or price of an object, which one desires to purchase, is asked, the particle "an" may be affixed to "manu," thus making of it a verb; and in giving the price a verb is made of the numeral, or the word expressing the price, either in the present or the preterite. Manuaiyo toy a cabayo? Limapoloanmi a pisos. Minanuanda ti baca. Pinol-loanda nga pisos. Mamnamn toy a calding? Pitoac a pisos. Minanuaiyo toy a balay? Tinal-loan a gasutmi a pisos. Manu ti inabacmo a pirac? Inabacco innem a pisos quen Pedro. How much do you (will you) give for this horse? We (will) give fifty pesos. How much did they give for the cow? They gave ten pesos. How much for this goat? I gave seven pesos. How much did you give for this house? We gave three hundred pesos. How much money did you win at play (gambling)? I won six pesos from Peter. To express the number of parts into which anything is divided for the purpose of sharing or distribution this particle is used with the numeral indicating the share. Malem no bigat ti pammingayda cadaguiti manga. Manuancanto? Pitoanacto. Manuanto a saba ni Juant Limaannanto. Quinanna (from canen) amin? Inparangcapna daguiti dadduma, quet nilacona daguiti dadduma, quet meymeysa ti quinanna. Tomorrow evening they will distribute the mangoes. What will be your share? I shall have seven. How many bananas will John receive? He will receive five. Did he eat them all? He gave some away, some he sold, and he ate only one. ILOCO LANGUAGE. og5 To snare, trap, catch, etc., some animal or fish, etc., is expressed by making a verb of the means employed for such purpose with the particle "an." Siloam dayta cabayo. Lasso that horse. Bannitacto dayta ican. I will try to hook that fish. Betengaiyo ti ugsa nga sumalug. Put up a net to catch the deer Appananda dediay a tumatayab. that went down yonder. Let them set a snare for that bird. I To express the profit or gain arising from any occupation or work the particle "an" is appended to the source of such profit or gain. Manu ti tinalonam? How much did you make out of your rice-field? Tinalonac ti limapolo nga pisos. I made fifty pesos. Manu ti dinaitanda? How much did they earn by sewing? (Note that in these examples the "an" does not disappear in the preterite.) Dinaitanda ti innert a pisos. They earned six pesos. Adaddunsa ti tinibiaiyo idi nala- You probably made much money bes a taoen. last year by spinning. Duagasut nga pisos ti tinibbianmi We made two hundred pesos. idi. PA AN. To command the action of verbs in "an" the particles "pa-an` are employed. The preterite of this form is "pina —an." There is also an idiomatic use which will be noted presently. EXAMPLES. Papaltoogam dayta aso. Papunasam daguiti pinggan. Pasagadam ti silidco. Pinasagadacon. Pasacayam ti cabayo nga lab Pinasacayacon. Pinatulbecanda ti riquep. To tie, bind, or secure. eith the body is expressed by ma ltide "pa an." Pataquiaganda. Pinasacaandacami. Pinasiquetanda ida..Pinatengngedac. Have some one shoot that dog. Have the dishes washed. Tell some one to sweep my room. I have already given orders to have it swept. ang. Have the piebald horse exercised. I have already given orders to have it ridden. They gave orders to have the door locked. ler a man or an animal by some part of,king a verb of such part with the part They are tying him by the arms. They tied us by the feet. They tied him by the waist. I tied him by the neck. CA -AN. The particles "ca an" have certain uses which are idiomatic, one of the forms being a substantive. These are given below. The preterite is "quina an." The main use is to indicate the accomplishment of some end designed. The verb with these particles denotes its consmnmation. Io6 ILOCO LANGUAGE. EXAMPLES. Bagbagaam ti ubingmo, bareng no cabagbagaan. Ibilagyo toy a pagay, bareng no caibilagan. Surutam dayta, bareng no casurutam. Paltoogam dayta cauitan, bareng no capaltoogam. Reprove your boy to see if he will profit thereby. Put this rice out in the sun and. see if it can be dried. Follow that man and see if you' can overtake him. Fire at that chicken and try to. hit it. The preterite under this use is "na- an," which is the same as the preterite of "ma an," a form which will be considered under theparticle "ma." The particle "ma" can be used instead of "ca an" as can also its derivative "ma an," having the same meaning as im the cases given above. Sinurotco, ngem diac nasurotan. I followed, but I could not overtake him. Binagbagaanna, ngem saan a na- I reproved him, but it did no, bagbagaan. good. When a number of individuals is given, as for the performance of' some duty, and the request is made to increase that number to a certain point, with some expression as "make them," "raise the number to," etc., this is done by combining the particles "ca an" with the number required. The preterite in this case is "quina an." Manu cayo? Lima cami. Incay auiten deydiay cayo. Capitoannacami. Casiamandacami. Caualoannacam ni Pedro. Up-uppatda quet quinasiamac ida. How many are you? We are five. Go and bring that log.. Make up our number to seven (i. e., give us two more men). Increase our number to nine. Give us Peter sq that there may be eight of us. There were but four and I increased their number to nine. "Ca-an" is also used to form a collective substantive, or a nounindicating abundance of that which the root signifies. This is merely noted here to complete the uses of these particles. Cabaquiran. A range of forests. Casabaan. A banana grove. Cadaratan. A sand-pit. Caboloan. A cane-brake or bamboo thicket_ Cauayan. A thicket of rattan. Carootan. A meadow. SANGA —AN. Naves places this particle among the verbs. Its true place should' be among substantives, where it has been already mentioned. Its similarity as in forming collectives to "ca-an" perhaps entitles the combination to notice here. Its use is to denote an aggregation of individuals. Sangailian. A town (i. e., the people inhabiting a town). Sangaputotan. A family. ILOCO LANGUAGE. Io7 Sangabalayan. Sangaasauaan. The people dwelling in one house. A married couple. XXI. I. In connection with this particle will be treated the forms "ipa" and "i —an." The particle "i" is a prefix. The preterite is "in" if the root begins with any consonant but "I" or "r." If the root begins with one or other of these the "n" is converted to that consonant. If the root begins with a vowel then "in" becomes "ii." This particle may be called the particle of "means." It is employed when that is referred to by which the action of the verb is accomplished or accompanied. In addition "i" is often used when it would seem that the proper particle should be "en" or "an." The probable origin of variations of this character has already been discussed. EXAMPLES. Gatangem toy a cabayo. Aoan ti igatangco. Iriquepmo ti ruangan. Itaraymo daytoy. Ania ti igapom sadiay? Iruarmo ti botella. Ania ti inpatayda? Iruarmo dayta palangca. Ir-ruarcon. Ilacom dayta cabayo. Il-lacocon. Ibunongmo daguita sirguelas. Inbunongcon. lulim ti maletac. Iyulicon. Buy this horse. I have not the wherewithal to buy it. Close the door. (In this example the means of closing the "ruangan" or entrance is to push to the "riquep," which is a single part or valve of the door.) Go quickly (running) with this. What are you bringing out from there? Bring out a bottle (come out with). Of what did they die? Bring out that chair. I have already brought it out. Sell that horse. I have just sold it. Distribute those cherries. I have already distributed them. Bring up my valise. I have just brought it up. SPECIAL USE OF I. This particle is employed to denote that a thing is or is, to be put in a particular place. Iditoymo dayta. Idiaymo dayta. Irabaomo toy a relos iti lamisaan. Isirocmo. lasidegmo ditoy. Place that (article) here. Put it there. Put this watch on the table. Put it below. Bring it near. NOTE.-Sometimes verbs of this class pass to the active form. In such cases they do not lose the passive particle. Apayapay inbulosmo ti cabayo! Why did you loose the horse? Saan a siac ti nangibulos. It was not I who did it. -o8 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Asin ti nangibitin toy a bado? Inbitinco ta naslep. Asin ti nangipacat cadaguiti cabayo. Dicapay coma incapat. Who hung up this shirt? I did, for it was wet. Who harnessed up the horses? You should not have harnessed them. IPA. To attribute, suspect, accuse, apply, etc., are expressed by the particle "ipa." The preterite of this form is "inpa." Jpapanco ti naimbag a naquemna. I attribute it to his good will. Ipatacaoda quencuana ti relos. They suspected him of stealing Ipaanacda caniac toy a ubing. Ipaayco toy a limos cadaguiti cararua. the watch. They accuse me of being the father of this child. I (will) apply these alms for the benefit of the departed. This particle is used to express the placing of an object in some particular place or direction. But when some one of a group is singled out or differentiated from the rest, or when an object is to be placed definitely with reference to another object, then "aquin" or 4'paquin —en" is employed. Ipaiguidmo. Jpatengngam pay. Ipasulim dayta. Ipaabagatanda dayta catre. Ipababayo dayta pagay. Jpalaudyo daguitoy a baca, ngem paquindayaem ti meysa. Paquinbabaem dayta nga libro. Paquindayaeiyo toy catre idiay meysa. Place it towards the edge. Put it more towards the center. Put it in the corner there. Let them put that bed in the south part of the room. Put the rice down below. Drive those cattle west, bUt lead this one east. Put that book under the other. Put this bed east of the other. It has been shown that the phrases "give to," "cause to eat, drink," -etc., as when speaking of the care of stock, are expressed by "pag— en" or "pa —en"; but when the intent is to state what is to be given, etc., then "ipa" is the proper verbal particle. Pacanem daguiti cabayo. Ania ti Feed the horses. What shall I ipacanco cadacuada? Ipacanmo give to them? Give them palay cadacuada ti pagay. (Rice in the husk). Painumeiyo daguitoy. Ania nga Give them something to drink. arac ti ipainumco cadacuada? What kind of wine shall I give to them? Pagarabem ti baca. Let this cow go to pasture. *JIpaarabmo toy a baca. Lead (or drive) this cow to pasture. (Note the peculiar significance of the particle in the one and the other instance.) Pinagarabcon. I just now let it go to pasture, s.Iwnpaarabcon. I have just taken it to pasture. To put any object to a use for which it was not intended "ipa" is -used, the particle being connected with the root expressing such use. ILOCO LANGUAGE. io09 Ipapunganco toy a bato. Ipabasoc daguiti daculap ti imac. Ipapisoco daguiti a bato. Inpasagaysayda daguiti ramayda. Inpasuputco ti cal-logongco. I (will) use this stone for a pillow. The palm of my hand (will) serve for a glass. I use stones for weights. They used their fingers forcombs. My hat served me as a purse. -AN. These particles are used when an action is performed for or in behalf of another. Iaramidannac ti digo. Make me some soup. Igatangandac ti maysa nga relos. Buy me a watch. Isapulandac ti zapatosco. Have them look for my shoes. Isagadannac. You sweep for me (i. e., in mystead). Ilutuanna ti amana. He is cooking for (in place of) his father. idauatannac ti sangabuquel a tin- He is asking for a loaf of bread' apay. for me. Intabasannac iti meysa nga She cut me out a dress. cauar. When a money debt is, or is to be, paid by personal service, the verbis formed by the particles "i an," the root being expressive of the service to be rendered. Indaitac ti utangco quen Juan. I paid my debt to John by sewing. Iablacto ti utangco quenca. I will pay my debt by weaving for you. Italonannanto ti utangna cada- He will pay off his debt to them cuada. by working on their farm. Ibalayanminnto ti utangmi cada- We will pay you by raising yourcayo. house for you. PAI, PAIPA, PAI AN. To command the action of verbs in "i," "ipa," or "i —an," the particle "pa" is prefixed to these in the present, and ':pina" in the proterite. Pairuarmo daytoy. Tell them to take this away. Pinaiulim daguiti saba? Did you order the bananas to bebrought up? Paipacatmo. Bid them harness up. Pinaipacatcon. I have already given orders tohave (the horse) harnessed. Paipaiguidmo. Have it put close to the side. Pinaipaabagatanco. I bade them place it south. Paiaramidannac iti sopa. Have them make me some soup. Paidaitanda ti utangco cadacuada. They have ordered me to pay my Pinaisuratac. debt by sewing. I commanded them to write for me. :IIO ILOCO LANGUAGE. XXII. MA. This particle has both an active and a passive use. It is to be remembered that the peculiar and distinctive feature of the passive is the.object as the principal element. If in one instance the verb in "ma" does not admit of an object, then the active form would naturally be suggested; if an object is required, then the passive form would be proper. With "ma" will also be considered the use of the particles "ma- an"; and this will conclude what, it is hoped, may give a working knowledge of the verb. The preterite of "ma" is "na." This form admits of the formulas, which are the same as those of the active particle "maca," to which the student is referred. With "ma" there is a greater tendency to the syncopation of the root, than with the other verbal particles. This is especially true where the vowel of the first syllable is "e," and when this is followed by a double consonant. The "e" is dropped with one of the double ~consonants. This will best be illustrated by some examples: Lemmes, drowning, suffocating; malmes, to drown. Leppas, conclusion; malpas, to finish. Rebba, sinking, wrecking; marba, to be shipwrecked. Tinnag, falling; matnag, to fall. Bussog, satisfaction; mabsug, to satisfy. Liday, sadness; malday, to be sad. Peggues, rapidity; mapgues, to go swiftly. If the verb is a frequentative, or negatively imperative, when the root is monosyllabic, or has become so by syncopation, the particle itself along with the initial consonant of the root is reduplicated. Pan, to go. Dica mapmapanen. Don't go yet. Dengngeg, hearing. Adu ti mangmangngegco. I am hearing many things. Seddaao, astonishment. Dica masmasdaao. Don't be astonished. (Here we have a trisyllable syncopated to a dissyllable.) Seddu, weariness. Dica masmasdu. Don't tire yourself. The principal use of this form is to indicate the ability (or inability) of the subject to accomplish or perform the action expressed by the -root. EXAMPLES. Leppaseiyo dayta alad. Saanmi a malpas. Saanda nga matuluy ta nasaquitda. Cutienda ti burnay. Saanda nga macuti. Daitenna toy a badoc. Dina madait, ta masaquit. Inalam ti paltoog Saanco a naala, ta aoan idiay ni Pedro. -Saanco a nabedbed ti taquiagco, ta pasig a piguis daguiti bedbed. Finish that fence. We are not able to do it. They are not able to continue their work, for they are ill. Let them move the jar. They are not able to move it. Have her mend this shirt of mine. She can not do it, because she is sick. Did you bring the gun? I did not, for Peter was not there. I could not bandage up my arm, because all the bandages were unfit for use. ILOCO LANGUAGE. III To express that one has or has not attained the object or end contemplated is expressed by the particle "ma." The same verbal root is used both in the transitive clause and with the particle "ma"; but in translation the meaning needs often to be expressed by a totally different word. Thus the root in the initial or transitive clause might be "fire at" or "shoot at," while in the clause with "ma" the same root would have to be translated "hit" or "miss" as the success or nonsuccess of the act must determine. So "follow" in one clause would be translated by "overtake" in the next; "search for" by "find," etc. Quitaem dediay a tao. Quitquitaec, ngem diac maquita. Camacameiyo daguita sangaili. Camacanmenminto, ngem dicamto macamacam ida. Batoem ta manoc, bareng no mabatom. Inur-urayca quet saanca nga nauray. Look at that man. I am looking, but I do not (am not able to) see him. Follow after those strangers (visitors from another town). We will follow them, but we shall not be able to overtake them. Throw a stone at that chicken and see if you can hit it. I waited for you, but (and) you did not come. This particle is used intransitively to form the (so-called) neuter verbs, as also what in Spanish are called reciprocal verbs. But it must be remembered that the reciprocal verb or form in the Spanish is used to describe personal acts or conditions, where in English the simple form of the verb is used, or else the passive. So "I forget" would be reciprocal in Spanish, and such passive forms (English) as "it was sold" (se vendio) are constantly and normally occurring in the Spanish as reflexives or reciprocals. Naves speaks, of course, from his own standpoint. Nalipatac. Masacsaquit ita. Masansanca nga mapan' itibalaynat Nalacaca nga mariri. Saanca nga naulac? Masdaaoac. Istayac nalmes idi calman. I forgot. He is indisposed. Do you go to her house often? You are easily distracted. Were you not sea-sick? I am astonished. I was nearly drowned yesterday. A few examples are given of the verb in "ma" affected by the formulas of cause, manner, instrument, etc. As has been already stated these are the same as those of the active particle "maca." Ania ti dina pacatuluyanf Adin ti nacatayan ni amam? Ania ti pacabatianna idiay? Adin ti yan ti sacayam? Narba idi napan a bulan. Casano ti pannacarbana? - Nalmesda amin? Up-uppat ti nagbiag. Casano ti pannacabiagda? Adin ti nacatnagam? Iti iguid ti carayan. Casano ti pannacanabom? Ta naitibcul ti cabayo. Ania ti nacaitibculanna? Iti hato a dacquei. Why could he not finish it? Where did your father die? Why does he remain there? Where is your vessel? It was wrecked last month. How was it wrecked? Were all (of the crew) drowned? Four only escaped. How did they (manage to) escape? Where did you fall? At the river bank. How did you happen to fall? My horse stumbled. Against what did it stumble? Against a big stone. 112 ILOCO LANGUAGE. When the particle "ma" affects dropped; but when it affects verbs retained. Auitenda. Saanda nga maauit. Cupinem toy a habito. Saan a macupin daytoy. Patitem ti campana. Saanco a mapatit. Punasanda daguiti pinggan. Saanda nga mapunasan. Sagadanna ti silidco. Saanna nga masagadan, ta agpipilay. Sucatanna ti badona. Dina masucatan. Ipulangyo toy a uasay. Saanmi a maipulang. Iruarda ti catre. Saanda nga mairuar, ta nailet ti ruangan. Ivulogmo ti payongco? Saanco nga naiulog. verbs in "en" the latter particle is. in "an" or in "i," those particles are Let them carry it. They are not able to carry it. Fold this dress. I can not fold it. Ring the bell. I am not able to ring it. Have them wash the dishes. They cannot do it. Order him to sweep my room. He can not sweep, for he is lame. Let him change his shirt. He can not change it. Take back this hatchet. We are not able to take it back. Let them carry out the bed. They can not take it out, for the door is too narrow. Did you put down my umbrella?' I could not put it down. -AN. To indicate that an action has reached its limit, has gone as far as. it can, or that it is not to be suffered or endured any further, etc., is expressed by the use of the particles "ma an." Mabisinan.- He is overcome by hunger. Saan a maanusan. That is insufferable. Saanyonto a masapulan. You will never find it. Saan a maauatan ti saona. She does not understand a word Di maasitgen (from asideg, near). Dinto masiloan dayta. Saan a madaoatan dayta. that he says. It is impossible to approach it. He will not be able to lasso it. He may not ask for that. With these examples concludes what, it is hoped, may be a help irr the understanding of one of a group of languages, interesting especially to Americans, and deserving of further investigation. VOCABULARY OF WORDS AND PARTICLES USED IN THIS WORK COMPILED MAINLY FROM THE WORKS OF NAVES AND CARRO a I VOCABULARY OF WORDS REFERRED TO IN THIS WORK. As very many of the words given in this vocabulary are simply roots, found generally in combination with particles, and as these roots are mainly substantives describing certain actions or conditions, their definition would at times be extremely prolix and tedious. Following the example of Narro and other Spanish writers we shall often employ the infinitive as a definition, it being understood that the root as given is not necessarily a form of conjugation. A. A. This word is used as a ligature, whose character and powers are explained in the grammar. The word nga takes its place when the laws of euphony so demand. Their meaning is the same. They are also used as relatives. Ababa. Short, whether of dimension or time. Ababa nga aldao, a short day. Ababao. Shallow, superficial, whether physical or mental. Ababao ti carayan, the river is shallow. Abac. Gain or advantage in gaming, trade, strife, or in a contest of wits. Abaga. The shoulder..~'Abagat. The south wind. Abagatan, the south. Abbong. To cover; cloth or blanket used as a cover. Abel. Cloth, textile. v/ Abirat. Brother-in-law, sister-in-law. Abug. To drive, beat, spur, incite. A busto. Furthermore. Abut. A hole, pit, excavation, grave. v'Abuyo. ^. ]_,,, A wild chicken. ac. { I, personal pronoun (nominative), used as a suffix. v Acaba. Broad (of dimension); caacaba (breadth or width). Tallopolo a vara ti caacaba ti balaymo. The width of your house is thirty varas. Acar. To change place or position. Adal. To study. Adalem. Deep (as river, hole, etc.); also deep or profound (intellectually). Adani. Nearness, proximity; also in time, as the nearness of Christmas, Easter, etc. Adda. A word of wide use, employed as indefinite pronoun, as a verb, and answering to the Spanish "hay," "estar," "tener," "algo," "alguno," etc. See the grammar. Addayo. Far, at a great distance. Adi. Younger brother or sister. Adino. Where? Generally syncopated to adin. 'Adin ti yan ti cabayo? Where is the horse? II6 ILOCO LANGUAGE. I Adipen. A slave. Adu. Much, many. Ag-. Active verbal prefix. Used also with "ona" ("they say"). Asin ti agcona? Who says so? Also employed to express mutual relationship. r Agamada. They are father and son. Aga. &-S A. Active verbal particle. Agalasonaca. You smell q of onions. Agattengnged ti danum iti pagbalioan. In fording the river the water was neckdeep. Agaag. To split, crack (as an olla from the heat of the fire). Agtarup. <y- ~ To think, opine. Agas. To administer medicine. Mangngtagas, a physician. Agay-ayam. Vermin infesting the ground, whether animals or insects. / Agca —. Active verbal particle indicating physical or mental or moral resemblance between two individuals. Agcarupa daguitoy a dua. These two are alike in features. v Agcaca —. Similar to preceding, indicating resemblance or something in common between three or more individuals. Agcacasucubcayo nga uppat? Are you four relations? Agcaca-an. Similar to the preceding, the suffix "an" being optional. a Agcamano? Into how many parts?,Agcasta. To do after such and such a manner. Agdan. Stairway. Ag- inn-. Active verbal particle indicating reciprocity or rivalry. Aglinnaingda. They are rivals in beauty. Agtinnulongda. They aid each other. Aglayao. To jump from one side to the other. Ag n. 7. Active verbal particle indicating reciprocity, the "n" being inserted after the vowel of the root, and the root being repeated. Agasinasida (from caasi, pity). They have pity on each other. Agnanayon. Eternal, for ever and ever. Agong. Nose. Agpa-. Active verbal particle, for whose uses see the grammar. It also serves to indicate the person commanded with passive verbs in "en." Agpasagadca iti silid. Have the room swept. Nagpaabagatan ni ainamon? Has your father gone south yet? Ania dica agpadenangeg caniac? What, do you think I can't hear (have no ears)? Agpayso. Certainly, indeed.. Agquisquis. To shave. / Agsin-. Active verbal particle indicating rivalry or reciprocity. Agsinsisiribda. They are rivals in learning. Agsinquiquitada. They are looking at each other. v Agsipud. Because. Saan a immay agsipud iti cadaques ti tiempo. He did not come because the weather / was bad. \YAgtagui-. Active verbal particle indicating supply or equipment. A taguipaltoogca? Are you supplied (equipped) with a gun? ILOCO LANGUAGE. II7 v Aguec.,/ Aguin —. Aguin-inot. Ala. Alad. Al-alia. Alas.' AIdao. A leg. VAliao. Alicamen. v Alinedned. Alingo. Alis. Al-alanagui. v/ Al-lec. Al-lid. Al-lilao. Alsem. Aluad. Alumamay. Alunus. Aluti-it. Ama. Amangan! Amat. / Ames.. Amian. Amin. V Amin no. Ammo. an. To kiss. Agcam ti ima ti Padi. Kiss the Father's (the priest's) hand. Active verbal particle indicating pretence or the assumption of a character or part. Aguinpipilayda. They pretend to be lame. Little by little. To take, receive, bring (for this "yeg" is more commonly used), grab, seize, steal. Fence of bamboo, cane, stakes, etc. Phantom (compare aliao, fear). A word or act indecent, dishonorable, or simply improper, or not looking Well. Day. Aldao ti casangay, birthday. To hurry, either another or oneself. Fear, horror, fright, repugnance. Tools of an artisan, household, utensils, etc. Amulet used by ladrones to protect them from being shot. Great obscurity as of a cavern, dungeon, etc. Wild pig, pig of the mountains. To transfer or move a thing from one place to another. Also used for contagion. Macaalis a saquit ti burtong. Smallpox is contagious. A carpenter. Beauty. Bees-wax. To be mistaken. Bitterness. Care, to be careful to do a thing well. Suavity, affability in manners and speech; mild or pleasant weather, temperature, etc. Naalumamay ti saona. His address (words) is agreeable. To eat without having rice or bread. Newt, small lizard. Father (plural amma or am-amma). Oh! Peace, tranquility, rest. Fear, fright. The north wind. Amianany, the north. All, the whole. Provided that. To know (passive and irregular); combined with the passive particle "en" it means "to learn, to try to know or understand that of which one was previously ignorant"; wisdom, knowledge of anything. f Passive verbal suffix, for whose uses see the grammar. With co (my) it coalesces to form - ac, with mo (thy) it forms - am, with yo (your) to form — aiyo. Examples of uses: Acaba unay toy a tabla, quissayam bassit. This board is very broad, trim it down a little. Caluban ti burnay. Put the cover on the jar. Manuancanto? How many will you have? Pitoanacto. I shall receive seven. Siloam dayta cabavo. Rope that horse. Manu ti daitanda? How much do they earn by sewing? Saanay a pagayan toy a talon? Are you not II8 ILOCO LANGUAGE. planting rice in this field? "An" is also used with nouns to denote aggregation, the particle "sanga" being used as a prefix, as: sangaputotan, a family; sangailian, a town (inhabitants of a town); sangasapatoasan, a pair of shoes. It is also used (optionally) with the suffix "en" to form an exclamation (see - en). Anac. Son, daughter, child. Plural annac or an-annac. VAnay. An insect, soft-bodied, working in the dark and through tunnels, very destructive, improperly called the "white ant." Sufficiency, to equal something in measure, weight, or number, etc. / Angao. Immodesty, indecency. / Anges. Respiration, to breathe. Angin. Wind. Naangin unay. It is very windy. Angot. Effluvium, with passive particle "en" it means "to smell, use the sense of smell." Agangangotda. They emit an odor or scent, generally offensive, as certain animals do. VAngri. Effluvium or bad smell from fish. Ani. The rice-harvest. Ania. What (interrogative). Also exclamatory, answering to the Spanish "que cosa" or our in/ terjectionary use "What!" V Ania ti gapunaP Why? Aninioan. A phantom. Annad. Distrust, misgiving. 1/ Anno. Unless, if not, answering sometimes to the Spanish "o sino." Ibusem ti tinapay anno pusaen. Clear (throw) away the bread, unless the cat will eat it. Agtrabajoca anno bautenca. Go to work, or if not he will beat you. Annong. Obligation, duty. Antonanno. An independent particle indicating future time. j Anup. To hunt with horses and dogs, or with dogs only. Aoan. None, no one, nothing, no; being the negative of adda. Aoan ti aso iti balay itoy? Is there no dog in this house? Aoat. To deliver anything. Apa. Strife, wrangling. Agapa, to wrangle (two). Agaapa, the same when there are three or more. Apag-. A particle denoting recentness of action or occurrence. Apagitlog, a new-laid egg. Apal. Envy. J Apaman. Scarcely, hardly, poorly. Apan. To go (see "pan" and "ay"). v Apas. Peevishness, anger, surliness. d Apayapay? Why? Aplag. To spread out a thing, as cloth, paper, mats, etc. Apo. Grandfather, master. Plural appo or ap-appo. Also used for grandchild. "Tanto lo toman para uno como para otro, ya por termino de propriedad, ya por expresion de amor y carino." -Carro, Iloco-Espanol vocabulario. Apon. To gather the herd, round up. Apros. To squeeze gently. Apug. Lime, chalk. i Apuy. Fire. JAquin-. Substantive particle indicating ownership, master ILOCO LANGUAGE. II9 ship, responsibility. Aquinbalay isu. He is the master of the house. Aquinbasol aco. It is my fault. Asin ti aquincua daytoy a relos? Who owns this watch? Aquin is also used as a passive particle to denote the placing of one thing with reference to another. (See "paquin — en.") Aquiquid. Narrow, close. Arab. Pasture. Arac. Liquor made from the nipa palm, "vino," wine or distilled liquor of any kind. Aracup. To embrace. Arado. Plough, to plough (Spanish). Aramid. Work, labor, act. Ararao. Complaint, lament. vArasao. Washing of meat, rice, etc.,/Arem. Lust, lasciviousness. Aricap. Sense of touch, to touch. Ariec. Loathing, repugnance. / Arigman. As if (like Spanish "como si," "como sino"). Aripapa. Bashfulness, shame. Aritos. Ear-rings, pendants (Spanish, "zarcillos"). Asa. To sharpen. Asaua. Spouse, husband or wife, plural assaua or asassaua. Asideg. Proximity, nearness, used with the force of the preposition "near." Asin. Salt. Asino. Who? (Generally abbreviated to asin, sometimes found as asinno.), Asipay! Interjection of grief, answering to "Woe is me I" etc. Aso. Dog., Aspili. Pin, to pin. Astay. To be on the point of (doing). Asuc. Smoke. Asug. Complaint, moan, to complain. a, Ata. Greenness of fruit (that is not yet ripe). vAtanud. Godfather, godmother.: v Atap. Suspicion. Crossbar, wedge. Atep. Covering of roof of house, roof. Atiddag. A long thing, as a rope, pole, etc. To enlarge; used also of lengthening a conversation. Atiddug. Same as above, long. / Ataao. To lose strength, become flat or insipid (as beer, wine, etc.). Auay. The outskirts of a town., Auid. Custom, habit. To draw a thing towards oneself, as pulling down the branch of a tree to get at the fruit. To retire, retreat. Auis. To move, incite, attract one to good or evil. Ay. To come, classed with the irregular verbs, used with active particle um-. Ay! Ah! Avab. To call, to knock at the door. Ayam. Pleasure, diversion. Avaon. Care, vigilance, to watch. Avat. Love. affection, pleasure, gratification, to love. V, Ay-ayo. Amiability, affection. 120 ILOCO LANGUAGE. B. Baac. Stale, musty, rancid. Baba. Down, below. Babaga. Advice, counsel, reproof. Babaoi. Repentance. Babay. Woman, female. Babuy. Pig (whether male or female); babuy a tao, a dirty, indecent fellow. Baca. Name for domestic cattle (male or female; Spanish "vaca"). Bacal. Battle, fight, combat, whether of two or more. Bacnang. Nobility, eminence (either because of birth or of wealth). Badang. Aid, succor, help; working-bolo. Bado. Shirt, anciently applied to clothing, which use still survives in the Igorot facho ("f" for "b," "ch" for "d"). Baga. To say. Bagas. Rice that is husked and ready for use as food. Bagui. Part, portion, set task (Spanish "tarea"). The body, whether of man or of other animals. g Baguis. Tripe, belly, intestines, also the wick of a candle. From this word comes cabaguis (brother or sister from the same mother.) Bain. Shame. Balangat. Crown, garland. Balasang. Maiden, unmarried woman. Plural bab-balasang. - Balatong. A small bean (same as the Spanish "mongos"). Balay. House. Agbalay, to thicken, coagulate (as milk). Balicas. Pronunciation. Balin. Power, ability, to be able. gBalinsuec. To stand on the head. Baliquid. To turn, to reverse, get on the other side. Balitoc. Gold.,/Baliu. Change, mutation. /B3al-ligui. Triumph. Balo. Widow. Balon. Convoy, supplies for a journey, food, money, arms, etc.. Balunet. Cross-bar of door or window. J Banag. Effect, result. Banca. A card game; agbanca, to play "banca." Banco. Bench (from the Spanish). /Banga. Earthen jar for cooking. Bangir. Side, also the leaf of a book.,Bangon. To get up (as from a recumbent position). yBanias. Lizard, the iguana. Banfit. Fish-hook. Bannug. Weariness, exhaustion. Bantay. Mountain: care, vigilance, guard. Ba-o. Mouse. Baon. One who is sent, messenger; mangbaon, a ser-,/ vant. Baqued. Strength, firmness (of inanimate things). IBaques. Monkey, the macaco. Baquet. Old woman; plural, bab-baquet. Baquir. Jungle, thicket, "bosque." Bararo. Blue-eyed. ILOCO LANGUAGE. 12I Barengbareng. /Bareng no..lBaribar. Bariques. Baro. Barucong. Basa. Baso. Basol. Bassit. Batad. Batalan. Bateng. Bati. Bato. Batog. Bauang. k Baut. V/Bay-a. Bayad. Bayo. Bayog. Bayyabas. /Bedbed. Bel-lang. Bel-leng. Beltac. Bengbeng. Bennat. / Bcnnec. Bessag. Bibig. Bidang. Bigbig. I Bug. Biig. Biing. ',Biit. Bilag. Bilang. Bilango. Transitory, vain, empty, superannuated, false. Barengbareng a Cristiano, a hypocritical Christian. Dios a barengbareng, a false god. If, perchance (Spanish, "a ver si," "por si"). Upside down. Girth, band, fillet, girdle. Youth, unmarried man; plural, bab-baro. The breast. To read (accented on the penult); wetness, to be wet, to wet (accent on the ultimate). Glass, tumbler (from the Spanish). Fault, sin, error, lack. Little, short of stature, few. Used also to form diminutives, as: ti asoyo a bassit, your little dog, pup, poodle. Clear, frank, without duplicity. Call-bell, knocker of door. Hunting-net. To leave (passive), as: ibati, to leave something; mabati, to leave something through forgetfulness. To remain (active), as: agbati, to remain on purpose; mabati, to remain without intending. (Note that "ma" is used both actively and passively.) Stone, rock. Rank, file, line. Garlic. Whip, lash, stroke of whip. To abandon an enterprise. Payment. To hull rice. Tardiness. Guavas. Bandage. "Palma Brava," fan. To throw away a worthless thing; derivatives: ibel-leng, to cast a portion of the cargo into the sea; aquibleng, to relieve oneself, to have the diarrhea; paquiblengan, a latrine. To split a tree lengthwise. Mosquito-net ("mosquitero," Carro), cloth hung over a doorway. To stretch anything. Fresh-water mussels. To lose color, turn pale. Lips, whether of a person or an animal. Apron, tapis or cloth worn over the skirt by Filipinos. To examine attentively, to recognize; Mabigbigco ni Antonio. I recognize Antonio. All in the sense of segregation from other things, as: biig a bigas, all rice; biig a ub-ubbing, they are all children. Awakening, to awaken. Soon, shortly. To place something in the sun for the purpose of drying. To account, recount, sum up. Constable. 122 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Bilin. Command, order, precept, instructions., Bilis, Sardines. Bin-ig. Pure, unmixed (see biig). Binting. Two reals, value being twenty centavos (old style), or twenty-five (Conant or new style). Bircug. Vagabond. Biruc. To seek (see sapul). Birri. To split, burst open (as wood or other material). Bisin. Hunger, to be hungry. Bisucol. Round snail found in lakes and ponds. Bitay. To hang a person or animal; pagbitayan, gallows. Bitin. To hang oneself by the hands or feet from some elevated object, as a trapeze-bar or rings. Bitla. Speech, address, oration. Bituen. Star; bituen a nagdulao, a comet; umalis a bituen, a meteor. Bolo. Cane, bamboo; caboloan, a canebrake. Bolong. Leaf of tree, plant, book. Booc. Hair of a person. Boong. To split, break, fracture (as a dish, etc.). Brisca. A game of cards (Spanish). Bubon. A well, a little hole by the bank of a stream, made to obtain filtered water. Bubus. To consume, use up, exhaust. Bucacao. A plant with stem resembling that of maize, and head like that of rice, probably millet (Spanish "mijo," Tagalog "bugaga"). Buclao. Gluttony. Buclis. Same as the preceding. Bucot. Back of a person or animal, back of a book. Bugagao. A person with blue eyes, an albino, one with red hair on head and body. Bugbugtong. An only son, who neither had, has, nor will have a brother. The only one of a class or species, as a house, or a tree, like which there is no other in the vicinity. Bug-go. Cleanliness, to clean, wash. Buis. Tribute, tax. Bula. Boar for breeding (Spanish "verraco"). Bulan. Moon, month. Bulding. Twisted, deformed. Bulig. Cluster of bananas. A load carried between two persons. Bulon. Prodigality, profusion. Bulos. To release or free a person or animal that has been confined or tied. Bulsec. Blind, plural bu-bulsec. Bunag. To cart, transport from one place to another. Buneng. Bolo, machete. Bunga. Fruit. Buniag. To give a name to a person. This word was anciently and authoritatively used for baptism, and is still in vulgar use in this sense, but its employment is discountenanced by the Roman Catholic Church. Bunubun. To sow seed, to plant. Buquel. Stone or seed of fruit; any complete, round object, as: a wheel, a cone of sugar, a loaf of ILOCO LANGUAGE. 123 bread, etc. To form (as a foetus in the womb, a stone in fruit), to conceive an idea, to create; wholly, entirely. See for its various uses the "vocabulario" of Carro. Buras. Harvest of anything but that which,has a grainbearing head (as rice, etc.). See ani. Burec. To boil (water, or anything cooking). Burias. Sucking-pig. Burnay. A jan Maysa tburnay, an empty jar; sangabur-i nay, a jar that is filled with anything. Burro. A game of cards. Burtong. Smallpox. Bussug. Satiety, to eat to repletion. Butaca. Arm-chair, easy-chair. Buteng. Fear. Butoy. Calf of the leg. Buya. To see, to regard or view that which causes pleasure and gratification. Buyoc. Fetid smell arising from rotting or putrefaction. C. Ca. Same as cas (a syncopation), defined by Carro as an adverb of likeness. The meaning is rather "is like," sometimes "as if." Iti bulsec cas iti matmaturog. The blind are like those who sleep. Caac di umay ditoy. As if I should not come here. Personal pronoun of the second person nominative singular, used as a suffix. Naimbagca nga tao. You are a good man. Particle used as a prefix in forming abstract nouns, as: adu (many), caadu (multitude); ngato (high), cangato (height); dacquel (great), cadacquel (greatness), etc. Particle used as a prefix with nouns or verbal roots to indicate recentness, as: itlog (egg), caitlog (a new-laid egg); luto (to cook), caluluto (just cooked). Particle used as a prefix to denote companionship, as: adal (to study), caadalco (he is my school-mate). Ca- an. Particles used to express the true superlative, answering to the Spanish "lo mas," as: casulitan, most difficult. Used to indicate a place where there is an abundance of the thing donoted by the root, as: darat (sand), cadaratan (a sand-pit); cayo (tree), cacayoan (a forest). Passive verbal particles, for whose dtse see the grammar. Preterite in some cases na-an, sometimes quina an. Ipamagam ti bado. Ipamagac, ngem dinto camagaan. Lay the shirt out to dry. I will do so, but it will not dry. Pitpito cami caualoannacam. We are only seven, increase our number to eight. Upuppatda, quet quinasiamac. There were only four, and I increased their number to nine. Caano. Particle used with verbs, meaning "when" of time past. Caaroba. Neighbor. Caasi. Mercy, pity, compassion. 124 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Cababalin. Custom, habit. Cabaguis. Brother (from baguis, womb). Cabao. Weakness (term applied to tobacco, spices, perfumes, etc.) Cabayo. Horse (from the Spanish). Cabil. To maltreat. Cablaao. Salute, greeting, congratulation. Cabsat. Brother, sister. Cabusor. He who is evilly disposed towards another, desires to injure him. Caca. Elder brother. Cacaisuna. It is the only one, the last there is, there is no more than this. Cada. An untranslatable conjunction (meaning "and"), used where a number of individuals are enumerated before all save the first and last of the group. Isuda, cada Pedro, cada Maria, cada Pablo, quen Diego. She (see the grammar for the explanation of the use of a plural instead of a singular), Peter, Mary, Paul, and Diego. Cadacami. To, for, in, with, by us (exclusive of the person or persons addressed). Cadacayo. To, for, etc., you (plural). Cadacuada. To, for, etc., them. Cadaguidiay. To, for, etc., those (Spanish "aqucllos"). Cadaguita. To, for, etc., those (Spanish "esos"). Cadaguiti. "The" plural (to, for, etc.); also used for oblique case ot "those" (see cadaguidiay). Cadaguitoy. To, for, etc., these. Cadaoyan. Custom, habit. Cadata. To, for, etc., us (thee and me, dual form). Cadatao. To, for, etc., one (indefinite). Cadatayo. To, for, etc., us (us and thee). Cadi. Perhaps, perchance; also used as a supplicative after imperatives, like our "pray" or "please." Cadpay ta. Thanks (Spanish "gracias que"). Ca —en. Passive particles giving the idea of adding to or subtracting from, doing more or less. Caduem ti canen. Increase (the supply of) food. Cabiitenda ti agpatit. Let them ring for a little while. The preterite is quina. Quinabayagda ti nagpatit. They rang for a long while. Cagat. To bite, take a bite. Cailala! What a pity! Cailian. A neighbor, fellow-townsman; also the common people, the "vulgus." Cajel. The blood orange (Spanish). Calap. Fishing, to fish with net, hook, etc. Calapao. Hut, a poor, wretched house, especially one in the fields (sementera). Calapati. House-pigeon. Calatio. Five cuartos, one-fourth of a real, equal to two and a half centavos (old style). Calding. Goat. Cali. Hole in the earth. to dig. Calicagum. Desire. Cal-logong. Hat of any material or form. Calman. Yesterday (used with idi, idi calman). Caloncon. To clear away (as dishes from the table). ILOCO LANGUAGE. I25 Calson. Calub. Caluya. Camacam. Camat. - cami. Camote. Campit. Can. Canauan. Canen. Caniac. Caniada. Caniana. Canica-. Canioas. Canta. Capas. Capet. Capuy. Carabucub. Caradcad. Caramba. Cararag. Cararua. Carayan. Carn. Caro. Cartib. Carting. Cas. Casaba. Casano. Cas casta met. Casar. Casinsin. Caspagarigan. Casta. Casta met. Casta nga agpayso. Pantaloons (from the Spanish). Lid of anything, slab on a grave. Prohibition. To catch up to and join a person or animal going before, to attain, to arrive in time (as to mass, the theatre, etc.). To pursue, to follow, succeed (as one shower succeeding another). We, exclusive of the person or persons spoken to. Yam, sweet potato. To wander from the point, to intrude into a conversation that does not concern one. Syncopation of "cano" ("they say"). Adda can ni Apo Obispo. They say that it is the Lord Bishop. Syncopation of canen (food). The right hand, the right. Food. To, for, me. To, for, them. To, for, him. A particle used formerly in the composition of numerals (now obsolete). Method of use given in the grammar. Example: Canicatlo quet tallo, twenty-three. Infraction of the law, contrariety, opposition. Sacred music (from the Spanish). Tree-cotton, used also for ordinary cotton. To grasp or seize something to keep from falling. Weakness, debility (whether physical or spiritual). Larynx, the "Adam's apple." Lightness, agility in movement, good health; nacaradcad, well, in good health. A large water jar or olla. Prayer to God or to the saints. The soul. Anciently it was carma. River. Vow, promise. Excessive (demasiado). Nacaro ti saquitna, ti pudotna, etc. He is very ill. He has a high fever, etc. Scissors. Lightness, readiness. Adverb of likeness, how, as: Cas calman pa laeng ti ipapatay ni Antonio. It seems as if it were only yesterday that Antonio died. Sermon, preaching. Particle of interrogation, answering generally to "que tal," how, etc. Used also in inquiries as to dimensions. Casano ti talon ni Pedro? How large is Peter's farm? So as (asi como, asi tambien). To marry (Spanish). Cousin ("primo carnal"). For example (from arig, likeness, comparison). So. So also, in the same way. In effect ("asi es efectivamente"). 126 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Casta unay. Used in combination with ti-ta. As —so. (Spanish "tan —que"). Castila. Spaniard, Spanish. Casucub. Relation, plural cacasucub (from sucub, parentesco). Catalec. Protector, advocate. Catam. A carpenter's brush; quinatam, shavings (that which is brushed up by the catam). Cataoa. Laughter; nacacatcataoa, mirth-provoking. Catay. Saliva, the slime that a serpent casts about its prey. Catiguid. The left hand, the left. Catre. Cot, a small bed (Spanish). Cauar. A chain or bonds, whether of iron, wood, rattan, or other material. Cauayan. Cane, bamboo (used generally of the latter). Caues. Garment, dress, clothing. Cauitan. Rooster. Cayat. To wish (passive verb). Carro says that this verb answers rather to "querer" (the act of the will) than to "desear" (the impulse of the heart or of the emotions). Cayo. Wood of any description, even used of the stem of lettuce and other plants, tree. Personal pronoun (suffix), second person plural, nominative. Naladingitcayo. You appear to be sad. Cayong. Brother-in-law. Chocalate. Chocolate. Cigarillos. Cigarettes. — co. My (suffix), abbreviated to -- c after a vowel, and after — an or -- en (the "n" being also syncopated). Cochero. Driver (Spanish). Cocinero. Cook (Spanish). Cocina. Kitchen (Spanish). Colot. Curly or wooly-haired (as negritos, for instance). Coma. An independent particle used to indicate the subjunctive, used either alone or in conjunction with other words; also potential in character. Agsuratac coma, ngem masadutac. I should be writing, but I feel lazy. No coma no saan a pilay. If he had not been lame. Cona. To say (irregular verb), used where the words are actually quoted. Cona ni Jesucristo iti evangelio. Says Jesus Christ in the gospel Its preterite is qhinona. Umayacto, quinona ti ubing. "I will come," said the boy. Confesar. Confession (from the Spanish). Corod. Mouse-trap. Corredor. Corridor (Spanish). Coton. Ant ("hormiga"). Cot-tong. Leanness. Cua. Particle indicating proprietorship or possession. From this are formed the possessive pronouns; cuac, cuam, cuana, cuatayo, cuami, cuata, cuayo, cuada; mine, thine, his, hers, etc. Used also with aquin — (which see). Cub-ho. Hunchback (also cobbo or quebbo). Cubierto. Dish (Spanish). ILOCO LANGUAGE. 127 Cuchara. Spoon (Spanish). Cuchillo. Knife (Spanish; see imuco). Cucu. Nails of person or animal (also coco). Cucua. Estate, property, effects (a reduplication of cua, which see). Cuddo. A game played' with pebbles, similar to jackstones. Cuddut. To pinch with the ends of the fingers, a pinch, a small quantity. Cudil. Skin of a person, pelt of an animal, outside skin of cane or bamboo. Cudrep. Dimness or opacity of light, whether natural or artificial; obscurity of meaning in language, thought, composition, etc. Culintipay. Shells such as are used for windows. Culisip. Tube for drinking (straw), stem of pipe, etc. (Also culisep). Cupin. To double or fold (as cloth, paper, etc.). Also copin. The use of "o" for "u," of "e" for "i" seems to have no set rule. In the ancient alphabets there were but three vowels, namely "a," one doing duty for "e" or "i," and one serving for "o" or "u." It is not considered essential in the future to note these variations. Cuppit. Flat-nosed. Curad. Ring-worm, tetter. Curang. To lack, be short. Curarapnit. Small bat, the house-bat. Curibut. A long, broad basket. Curicur. To wash or clean out the ears. Curita. The cuttle-fish. Cuscus. To scrape, rasp, file. Cuspag. Pride, haughtiness. Cusucos. The sinking or giving away from its weight or other cause of a house, post, rubble work, etc. Cuti. To move, either transitive or intransitive. Cuto. Head-louse. Cuyog. To accompany. D. - da. Personal pronoun, suffix of the third person plural, nominative or genitive. Natacrotda. They are cowards. Calcalienda deydiay a cayo. They are digging up that wood. Daan. Old (of things). To wait, expect some person. Dacami. We (exclusive of the person addressed). Dacayo. You (plural). Dacquel. Great, grand. Dacquel a balay. A large house. Used in the plural for parents, elders, and for more remote relationships as grandparents, etc. Daguiti dadacquelco. My parents. Daculap. The palm of the hand. Dadael. To cast away or lose a thing, to mangle, break, squander, waste. Dadang. ro heat something at the fire a little, to warm oneself. Daeg. Grace. majesty, beauty, gorgeousness. Dael. Scarcely. Dael to maquita dediay a bituen. One I28 ILOCO LANGUAGE. can hardly see that star. Also with sense of gratulation for happy contingency. Dael sa pay no adda gumatang, ta madadaelen. It was a good thing that it was bought, for it was on the point of spoiling. Dagas. To hasten, hurry, be quick. Dagdag. To hurry. Dagsen. Weight, gravity, either physical or moral. Nadagsen a cayo. Heavy wood. Basol a nadagsen. A grievous offence. Daguidiay. Nominative and genitive plural of' dediay. Those, of those. Daguita. Nominative and genitive plural of deyta. Those, of those. (Spanish "esos.") Daguiti. Nominative and genitive plural of the definite articles iti (common) and ni (proper). Also. used for daguidiay (Spanish "aquellos"). Daguitoy. Nominative and genitive plural of daytoy (or deytoy), these (Spanish "estos"). Dagum. Needle, sting of bee, proboscis of mosquito, etc. (Sometimes dagun). Dagus. To entertain, hostelry, inn. Dait. To sew. Dalan. Road. Dalayap. Lemon. Dal-luyon. Wave of the sea, or of a lake. Dalupo. Pile, heap ("monton desordenado"), as of hay,. linen, wood, etc. Dalus. Cleanliness, both in physical and moral sense. Damag. News, rumor. Da man! Stop! Hold! Refrain! Damili. Chinaware, and all kinds of pottery. Damo. Beginning of a period of time, or of an act. Damo ti bulan. The beginning of the monthDamona ti agsurat. He has begun to write. Danag. Disquietude, perturbation. Dandani. In a day or so. Danes. Disdain, insult, persecution; to despise, to try to injure. Dangan. Distance from the thumb (extended) to the tip of the little finger. Danger. Mirthful, jesting, gracious. proud, haughty. Dani. Near in time (same as adani). Danio. Secular song (see canta). Danug. Blow with the clenched fist. Danum. Water. Danun. To reach, arrive. Daoel. Cruelty, barbarity, atrocity. Dapan. Sole of the feet. Dapo. Ashes. Daques. Bad (physically or morally). Daques a palangca,. sao, aramid, cadaoyan, etc. A bad chair, word, work, habit, etc. Dara. Blood. Daras. Hurry, haste. Darat. Sand. Daroy. Clear, pellucid, the opposite of thick (used of liquids). Darum. Accusation, denunciation. ILOCO LANGUAGE. I29 Data. Datag. Datao. Datar. Datayo. Daton. Daya. Dayao. Daydi. Daytoy. Dediay. Degdeg. Del-lao. Denden. Dengngeg. Denna. Deppa. Deppel. Dessaar. Deyta. Di. Digo. Digus. Dila. Di la mamin-an. Dingo. Dios. Diram-us. Disaag. Dita. Difoy. Dua. Duadua. Duapolo. Ducut. Dulin. Dumalaga. I)unngo. Dunusa. Dunar. )uron. Dusa. To place oneself with the mouth up. We (thou and I). To give a reason, render account. Nominative and genitive of the impersonal pronoun "one" (answering to the French "on" or the German "man"). To place anything (food, etc.) on the table, or on the floor, to share anything, to issue rations. We and thou. Offering, oblation, sacrifice. Feast, party, wedding reception (accent on the utimate); the east (accent on the penult). Honor. That, of that ("aquello"). This, of this. That; of, in, etc., that ("aquello"). To add, augment, increase. Novelty, news, notice. To join one thing to another, to approach, to cause to approach. To hear, the sense of hearing. Nearness, proximity (compare adani, dani). A fathom, armstretch, "braza" (used with sanga, sangadeppa). Signature, impression, mark, engraving; to imprint, seal, stamp with a seal. Floor of a house, etc. Idessaar, to place a thing on the floor. That, of that ("eso"). That, of that ("aquello"); not (used as a prefix, see the grammar for its idiomatic uses). Dica agtacao. Thou shalt not steal. Diac cayat. I do not wish. Broth, bouillon; also used for the water in which something has been cooked. To bathe. Tongue of an animal, clapper of a bell, arrowpoint, plough-share. Lest. To raise or fatten pigs or other animals. God (Spanish). To wash the face. To slight. There ("aahi"). Here. Two. To doubt. Twentv. Angiish. disquietude, affliction, sadness. To guard. keep. A votng hen that has not yet begun to lay. Affection, esteem. To doze, to sleep out of the regular time. Hurt. lesion, wound (applied even to vegetable life): sometimes danar. To push, impel. To chastise, punish, impose penance. 130 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Em. Emma. En. Escoba. Escribiente. Essem. Gaddil. Gagara. Gaguet. Galip. Galis. Galot. Gambang. Ganat. Gango. Gaoat. Gaoay. Gapo. E. But, notwithstanding, than (contraction of ngem). In comparative phrases it has the force of "than." Cayatda, em. They wish to, but. Naimimbag daytoy em dediay. This is better than that. Affability. Irregular verb "to go." "En" or "in" used indifferently. Inca or enca. You. go (singular). Suffix with the force of the Spanish "ya," just, yet, already. After a vowel it/is abbreviated to "n." When attached to the pronoun ac (I) it is changed to "on." Umay. He is coming. Umayen. He is coming now. Maturog. He is sleeping. Maturoguen. He has just fallen asleep. Umayac. 1 am coming. Umayacon. I am coming now. Passive particle suffix, for whose uses see the grammar. Dinto cotonen toy a azucar? Will not the ants eat this sugar? Bortongennacsa. I feel as if I were going to have the smallpox. Sangapuluenda. They made them up to an even ten. Babadoen daytoy a abel. This material is good for shirts. When followed by co (my) it coalesces with it to form. ec. If followed by mo (thy) it forms with it em. When followed by yo (your) it forms eiyo. Ramramayec ti agcali. I am digging with my fingers. Tacrotem ti asec? Do you think my dog is cowardly? Sapuleiyo ti cabayona? Are you hunting his horse? Used also in exclamations of surprise (with or without the particle "an" preceding). Naimbaguen! How good! Clothes-brush, broom (Spanish). Scribe, secretary, clerk (Spanish). To wish, desire (Spanish "desear"). G. The itch. Purpose, end, intent. Activity. Slice. To slide, slip, backslide. To tie, fasten, bind. Copper. Hurry, speed. Guinaganatan a aramid. A thing done hurriedly. Dryness of leaves, plants, trees, etc. To reach something that is on high or distant, to attain with the understanding, to gain an office or position, to be equal to. Diac magaoat dayta. I am not sufficient for that. Respect, reverence (also gaogaoay). Cause, origin, point of arrival or of departure, by. Iti Dios aoan gapona. God has not a beginning. Iti daques ti gapona sangitan ti tongpalna. He who starts badly will end in weep ILOCO LANGUAGE. I3I ing. Ipagapo iti caicarian ni Cristo. By virtue of the merits of Christ. Garacgac. A laugh, laughter. Garami. Straw of rice, millet, etc. Garao. Disquietude, restlessness. Gargaret. Household effects (furniture or utensils), tools of carpenter, mechanic, -etc. Garogad. File, rasp. Gasang. Sharp (in taste, as mustard, pepper, etc.). Gatas. Milk. Gatel. Itching on the body or head. Gatud. To strip the leaf of tobacco or buyo. Gaud. Oar. Aggaud, to row; manggaud, an oarsman. Gaued - The leaf of the buyo. Gayad. Length, a long thing (like a trailing skirt, the projecting eaves of a house, etc.). Gayam! An exclamation of admiration or approbation. Gayang. Lance, spear. Gayyem. Friend. Ginebra. Ginger (Spanish). Gonggona. Profit, deserving. Used as an expression of mockery for one -who has received his just deserts, suffered punishment or loss. Gorrood. Thunder; Aggorrood, to thunder.. Gotocgotoc. Palpitation. Gubat. Battle, fight, combat. Guddua. Division, making two of one. Guerguer. Sign, notch, mark, etc. Guetteng. Scissors. Guettenguen, to cut with scissors. Gugu. Soap-tree bark. Guiguir. Fear, suspicion, apprehension. Guil-ayab. Flame, flash, bursting forth of fire. Guiling. To grind. Guilingan, a mill. Guin-aua. Rest, refreshment. Guinguined. Earthquake. Gulgul. To wash the head with gugu or soap-tree bark. Gupit. Treasures, wealth. Gura. Hate, anger. Gurigor. Fever. Gusugos. To flourish, as brush in lathering, pen in writing, handling brush in painting, rag in cleaning, etc. I. _I. Prepositional particle, indicating from where a person comes (as his home). Ibacnotanac. I am from Bacnotan. Verbal passive particle, whose uses are given in the grammar. The preterite is "in" before any consonant except "I" or "r," when it is "il" or "ir." Before a vowel it becomes "ii." Iditoyme dayta. Place that (article) here. Aoan ti igatangco. I have nothing wherewith to buy it. Ania ti isangpetmo ditoy? What are you bringing here? When a verb in "i" takes an active particle the "i" is not dropped. Apayapay inbulesmo ti cabayo? Saan a siac ti nangibulos. Why did you let that horse loose? It was not I who did it. 132 ILOCO LANGUAGE. I/ —an. Ibbat. Ibit. Ibos. Icamen. Ican. Icao. Iccan. Icgan. Icquis. Ida. Idi. Idiay. Idi calman. Igguem. Igop. Iguid. Ilalapay! Ii. Iliu. Hlot. Ima; Imaig. Imaim. Imas. Imaten. Imbag. Imis. -imm-. Imnas. Imnuco. Imut. In This particle is often used in place of the passive particles " en" or "- an." Passive verbal particles, for whose uses see the grammar. Ibalayanmtinto ti utangmi cadacayo. We will pay you by raising your house. Isagadannac. Do the sweeping for me (in my place). To loose. Crying of a child. Used up, exhausted (as flour, sugar, hay, etc.). Native mat. Fish. Pendant, ear-ring. To give. Iccannac iti limos. Give me some alms. To put, place. Iccam dayta banga iti bassit a asin. Put a little salt in that pot. Yolk of an egg. To cry, call, a cry heard from afar. They. Saanda nga gayyem ida. They are not their friends. Then, when. An adverb of time, used as an auxiliary, referring to time past. Adu ti piracco idi. At that time I had much money. For, to, that (aquel, dative of the demonstrative); there (alla, adverb); used as a preposition with reference to places ordinarily frequented or occupied by its object. Adin ti yan ti Padi? Idiay ti simbaan. Where is the Father (priest)? He is in the church. Yesterday. The fist. Aguigguem, to strike with the fist. To take a sup, drink, draught. Border, edge, coast, line of the horizon, border of cloth, etc. As a preposition it may mean "along," "on the edge of," etc. What a pity! Town. The desire to see. To squeeze. Hand (human), paw of animal, sleeve of a garment. Neatness, cleanliness. Shame, bashfulness. Pleasant, sweet, appetizing. * Imasen, to taste. Foresight, providence. Imatenannatay ni Ape Dios. God cares for us all. Goodness, physical or moral. Prudery, fastidiousness, effeminacy, foppery. Preterite of the active verbal particle "um." Dimmacquel daguiti pusam. Your cats have grown quite large. Simmangpet ni amamon? Has your father arrived yet? Beauty, gracefulness of person. Knife (see cuchillo). Niggardliness, sordidness, meanness. Preterite of the passive verbal particle "i." Placed before the root, if that begin with any consonant but "I" or "r." In such cases "il" or "ir" are used respectively. If the root begin with a ILOCO LANGUAGE. I33 vowel then "ii" or "iy" is used. Inbunongcon. I have already made distribution. Ir-ruarcon. I have just removed it. Illacocon. I have already sold it. Iyulugdan. They have shut them now. Preterite of the passive verbal particle "- en," initial or inserted. Inaramidcon. I have finished it now. Pinarutmi aminen. We have already gathered everything. Particle inserted in nouns giving force of an adverb of time (distributive). Binigat, every morning; inoran-horas, every hour; dinomingo, weekly, every week. -- in- an. Preterite of the active verbal particle " —an." Quinauesanda ti ubing? Have they dressed the child? (From caues, clothing, the "c" being converted into "qu" before the "i"). Preterite of the formula of cause of the active verbal particle "-um ---." Ania ti saanyo tinugaoan? Why did you not sit for a while? Ina. Mother. Plural inna, in-inna. Inana. Rest, quiet, repose. Inanama. Confidence, hope. Inangay. A guest. Inapuy. Boiled rice ("morisqueta," Spanish). Inaudi. Last or youngest brother. Inauna. First or oldest brother. Inayad. Slow, little by little. Indayon. Cradle fashioned after manner of a hammock. Ingat. A little stick, a tooth-pick. Ingel. Valor, high spirit; also strength in wine. spirits, etc. Inggat. End, finis, termination; also meaning "hasta," until, whilst, etc. Inggat malem, until the evening. Ingguet. Adverb used with adjectives to express the superlative degree, answering to the Spanish "- issimo." Ingguet dalus, sam-it, teppel, etc. Very. (most, exceedingly) clean, sweet, chaste, etc. Ingpis. Delicacy, fineness. Init. The sun. Innac. I am going (see "en"). Innem. Six. Innem a pol-lo, sixty. Inot. Little by little. Intaer. The dregs of a liquid. Aguintaer, to settle (liquids). Integ. Residence, domicile. Inton-anno. When (in the future; see "auxiliaries" in the grammar). Intono. When, particle of the future (see above). Intono malem, in the evening; intono rabiy, at night. Intuud. Inquiry, question, investigation. Inudo. To warm oneself at the fire. Inium. A drink. Aguinum, to drink (intransitive); uminum, to drink (transitive). Ipa-. Passive verbal particle, for whose uses see the grammar. Ipaayco toy' a limos cadaguiti cararua. I apply these alms for the benefit of souls. Ipapunganco toy a bato. I used this stone for a pillow. Ania ti ipacanco cadacuada? Ipacan 134 ILOCO LANGUAGE. mo cadacuada ti pagay. What shall I give them? Feed them palay (rice unhusked). Ipaabagatanda deyta catre. Let them place that bed on the south side (of the room). Ipag. Sister-in-law. Ipes. Cockroach. Ipus. Tail of an animal. Iquit. Aunt. Plural iiquit. Iren. Wrinkles on the face or person of human beings or other animals. Irteng. Tension, to stretch (as a string or cord). Isbang. To calculate, reckon. Isbo. Urine. Isem. Smile. Umisem, to smile. Is-iso. B3reakage, fracture. Ispal. Defence, salvation, vindication, seizure of chattels. Istay. To be on the point of doing. Isu. He, she. Plural isuda, they. It is good, sufficient, ("basta ya"). Isu met laeng. It is all right. It is all the same. Ita. Now. Ita pay laeng, right now; ita unay, just now, at this very moment. Itatta. Just now, instantly. Itay. In a little while ("hace un poco"). Itay bigat, etc.; this morning, etc. Ited. To give (irregular passive verb). Aoanti itedco quenca. I have nothing to give you. Mangtedmo. Do you give. Iti. The, nominative and oblique (to, for, in, etc.) of the common article, singular. Iti daydi, iti dayta, iti dediay, (iti) deytoy. Oblique forms of the demonstratives. Iti maysa - iti maysa. The one - the other. Itlog. Egg. Itoy. In, with, for, etc., this. L. La. Only (see "laeng," of which this is an abbreviation). Laad. Ugliness, either physical or moral. Labaga. Red-colored, bay. Labang. Mottled, with white (or light) spots on the face or body (applied to men or animals), dappled. A "calico" horse would be called "labang." Labas. To pass a person or thing, to skip in reading, to, leave a page or a space blank in writing. Labasit. 'Reddish, bay. Lab-ba. Basket (square at the bottom). Labes. Excess, superabundance, overpast (of time). For the use of this see the grammar. Labilabi. Toad; also applied to a dull or sluggish person. Labong. Lasso. Labus. Nudity. Lacay. Old man (plural lal-lacay), old animal. Lacco. Bend of the knee, ham, hock. Laco. To sell. Lacsa. Ten thousand (from the Sanscrit, meaning one hundred thousand, a "lac"). ILOCO LANGUAGE. I35 Ladao. Lateness, tardiness. Ladingit. Sadness. Laeng. Only, self, always, provided ("siempre"), just, now, already ("ya"). Sica laeng ti immay? Are you the only one who has come? Siac met laeng. I myself. Maturogca laeng. Sleep on, now. Contract form, "la." Lag-an. Lightness, frivolity, a thing easy to do. Lagda. Firmness, strength (both of inanimate things, and metaphorically of the soul, will, spirit, etc.) Laguip. Memory, remembrance. Laing. Elegance, beauty. Lalaem. Entrails, the parts within the body; used metaphorically as in our idiomatic expressions "bowels of compassion," "his bowels yearned," etc. Lalaqui. Man, male. Lalat. Leather, pelt. Lalo. Excess ("demasiado"). Lam-ec. Coldness of the weather or of the wind. Lamesaan. Table. Lamiis. Cold (substantive). Lamoc. Mosquito. Lampong. Wild animal. Savages of the mountain regions. Men who live by rapine. Long-haired people ("la cabellera o pelo muy largo"). Lana. Oil. Lanad. Inscription. Ilanad, to inscribe or write. Landoc. Iron. Lang-es. Fishy odor, the natural smell 'of fish. Langoy. Swimming. Aglangoy, to swim. Lumalangoy, a swimmer. Langsi. Vile odor as of stale fish, spoiled meat, ulcers, etc. Langto. Verdure of 'plants. Lanot. Twining plant, used for binding. Lansa. Nail or pin of iron, bone, or wood. Laoc. To mix ("mezcla"). Laan. Content, space, capacity, room. Dina malaon amin. There is not room for all. Lapayag. The ear. Lap-it. Flexibility, the property of bending easily, like that of rattan, steel springs, - etc. Frailty or weakness in the individual. Lasag. Meat, flesh. Lasi. Dandruff. Lasin. Separation, parting. Lasona. Onion. Laua. Breadth, spaciousness. Laud. The west. Laya. Ginger. Layas. Sterility in animals. Sometimes used of sterility in women, but the more correct word is "lupes." Layat. To menace, to use a threatening gesture. Lavlay. To wither, dry up (as a leaf or plant). Leccas. Temperature or heat of things cooked, seasoning (ancient). Naimbag ti leccasna. It is well served (that is, of right heat and properly seasoned). 136 Leddaang. Lemmeng. Lemmes. Lengnga. Lengnges. Lennec. Leppa. Leppas. Libac. Libas. Libeg. Libut. Licud. Liday. Lima. Linac. Linis. Linnaao. Linteg. Liolioa. Lipat. Lippias. Lisbo. Lisi. Lislis. Liuay. Lien gliuen g. Longon. Loom. Lotulot. Lua. Luag. Lualo. Lubong. Lucas. Lucat. Lucban. Lucmeg. Lucneng. ILOCO LANGUAGE. Affliction, melancholy. Concealment, hiding. Aglemmeng, to hide oneself; ilemmeng, to hide something. Suffocation. Sesame ("ajonjoli," Spanish). The nape of the neck. Occultation, sinking of anything out of sight, setting of the sun. Lumnec ti init. The sun is setting. (Here the verbal "um" has caused the suppression of the letters "en.") Digestion. Conclusion, termination, end. To deny. To escape, run away, slip off by stealth. Turbidity of liquids, wine, water, etc. To go around, as a procession goes about a church, plaza, or town. Aglibut, to take a walk for recreation. Back of, behind (used with the article "iti"). Sadness. Five. In old Malay it means the hand; in the Bontoc-Igorot, the arm. The Iloco for hand is "ima," which seems to be a survival of "lima." Lima nga lacsa, fifty thousand (for origin of lacsa see that word). Limapolo, fifty. Calm (of the sea). Softness to the touch. Used of cleanliness, fineness of material, neatness, easily deciphered writing, purity of soul, chastity. Dew, serenity of the night. Rectitude, right (razon), justice. Consolation, comfort in tribulation. Forgetfulness. Lipaten, to forget purposely; lipatan, to forget unintentionally. Overflow. The perimeter or circumference, or the area, of the base of a regular pile of stone, earth, hay, etc. Sometimes it is used for the entire contents or mass. To separate, leave, part. To tuck up the clothes. In the Bontoc-Igorot it has the idea of threatening, as one may tuck up his sleeves for a fist-fight. Negligence, carelessness. Profundity, depth, immensity. Coffin. Ripeness, maturity of fruit. Mud, mire, slime. Tears. The foam of things cooking or fermenting. Prayer, whether addressed to God, saints, or men. The world. To uncover, as the arm, a basket, a vessel, etc. To open anything, to uncover or reveal the thoughts of the heart. An orange (large and sweet). Robustness, stoutness. Softness, delicacy, daintiness; also spiritually. Nalucneng a puso. A tender heart. I LOCO LANGUAGE. 137 Lucon. Lugan. Lugay. Lugpi. Luinagto. Lumba. Lunes. Lupes. Lupot. Luppo. Luto. Ma-. Ma an. Mabayag. Maca-. Macapag —. Madi. Maga. Mag-anca? MfaicaMaicanada. Maipaay. Maipoon. Mais. Inclusion. To put one thing in another, as a letter in an envelope, a small box in a larger, etc. To enter a vehicle of any kind, embark in a vessel, get into a boat; any kind of conveyance whether on land or water. To take off the hat in salute. Unwell ("invalido"), wounded. To jump up. Race, contest in running ("carrera"). To handle. Sterility (in women). Cloth of any kind. Muscle of the body. To cook. M. Passive verbal particle, for whose uses see the grammar. Saanmi a malpas. We cannot finish the building of the fence. Quitquitaec, ngem diac maquita. I am looking, but I cannot see him. Masaquit ti ubingco. My boy is sick. Malipatmo. You forget. Dica mapmapanen? You are not going yet? Adu ti mangmantgngegco (from dengngeg, to hear), I am hearing many things. Passive verbal particles indicating that an action has reached its limit. Mabisinanna. He is perishing of hunger. To delay, to be late. Active verbal particle denoting ability, etc. See the grammar. Dicanto macasangpet iti ilim. You will not be able to reach your town. Macaturogac unay. I am very sleepy. Macabulanacto sadi amiana. I shall be in the north for a month. Macapapatay ti sabidong. Poison causes death. Macatatal-loac laeng. I bought three only. In answer to the question "How long did you live (stay) there?" Macadomingoac, macabulanac, macataoenac. I stayed there a wee'k, a month, a year. Active verbal particle giving reason for inability. See the grammar. Diac macapagsurat, ta adu ti sangailic. I could not write, for I had many visitors. Saan a macapagulog, ta agpudpudot. He cannot come down, for he has a fever. To change one's mind, to retract, to be unwilling to do what had been intended or promised. Dryness. How are you? Particle used in forming ordinals. Maicadua, the second; maicatlo, the third; maicalima, the fifth, etc. Note that the first is an exception, being "omona." To be convenient, useful, profitable. Same as the preceding. By, through. Indian corn. I38 Malabato. Maladaga. Malo. Mam —. Mama. Mamag-. Maman-ao. Mamin MammMan. Manag. Manang-. man - en. Mang-. ILOCO LANGUAGE. Five cuartos, value two and a half centavos (old' style), worth about one and a half cents. Infant and up to the age of seven years (about).. Hammer or other instrument for striking. Active verbal particle used before "b" or "p" (these being suppressed after the particle). Same in use as "mang" (see the grammar).. Asin ti mamatit (from patit) iti campana? Who is ringing the bell? Buyo, betel-nut prepared for chewing. Active verbal - particle (prefix), the preterite beingnama (see "mamag" in the grammar, of whichthis is a modification). Isu ti namatugao cadacuada. He made them sit down for a little while. Serves also for the formula of the person commanded for verbs in "en" (see that class of verbs in the grammar). Siacto ti mamauli cadacuada? Shall I tell them to comeup? Active verbal particle denoting compulsion (see the grammar). Asin ti namiagsurat quencaf? Who obliges you to write? Heavy, tall, grass or cogon. Particle used in forming numeral adverbs. This. particle has a preterite form "namin" used when the action is in past time. Often maminpin is used. Mamindua, maminpindua, naminpindua' (twice); maminsan, etc., once. Active verbal particle used in forming verbal nouns when the root begins with "b" or "p" (see "mang" in the grammar, and "mamn " above). Daguiti mammati, the faithful, the believers. Pray, please. An adverb of entreaty or precatoryexclamation. Agpaditoyta man. Pray let us go this way. Used as an interrogative particle,. and following the first word of the clause. Dica man mamati? Why do you not believe?' In truth, indeed, "de. veras." Napudot man. It is warm indeed. The form assumed by theactive verbal particle "mang" before roots beginning with "d," 's," or "t," said letter being: suppressed. See "mang" in the grammar.. Manait ti bado. She is mending (sewing, from Idait) the shirt. Particle of the verbal for active forms in "ag." See the grammar. Managdait. One who sews much. Managpaspasiarcayo. You are fond of walking. Particle of the verbal for active forms in "mang." See the grammar. Daguiti mananglaco, the sellers; daguiti mananggatang, the buyers. Particles of which the parts are appended to separate words, meaning together "again." Addacayman ditoyen? Will you be here again? Active verbal particle, transitive, for whose uses and modifications see the grammar. Mangalaca iti maysa nga palangca. Bring a chair. Intay manrgmanoc. Let us go to buy some chickens. ILOCO LANGUAGE. I39' Mangaldao. Mangrabiy. Manmano. MannManndca -, Mannaqui —. Mannaquipag-. Manoc. Manteca. Manu. Maqui —. Maquin-. Maquipag-. Maqui-um -. Marabutit. Marfil. Masansan. Mata. Matmat. Mayat. Maysa nga dacquel. Maysapay. Medias. Met. Met laeng. Meysa. Meysa nga bassit. Meysa unay. Manguayacto. I will go to look for some rattan. To dine. To sup. Scantiness, scarcity. Particle of the verbal for active forms in "man" (modification of "mang"), when the root begins with "d," "s," or "t" (see "man" above). Daguiti mannulad iti naimbag. The followers of that which is good. Particle of the verbal from active forms in "maca." Dacayo ti mannacagaud. You are the one who shall row (the rower). Particle of the verbal for active forms in "maqui." Mannaquicuyogcayo. You like to accompany the others. Similar to the above. For their uses see "maqui" in the grammar. Chicken (generic name). Butter, lard, fat (Spanish). How much, how many. Active verbal particle, for whose uses see the grammar; preterite "naqui." Maquisaoda caniac. They are talking to me. Maquidaoatca iti arac quen apo Padi? You ask the Padre to give you some wine gratis. Saanca nga naquiragcap quencuana iti suca? Did you not ask him for vinegar? A particle prefixed to nouns and indicating ownership (see "aquin"). Active verbal particle indicating action in company with more than one. Innac maquisao quen Capitan. Innac met maquipagsao quenca. I am going to chat with the Captain. I will accompany you. Active verbal particles indicating desire. Maquisumaritac. I have a great desire to talk. A little mouse. Ivory (Spanish). Often, frequently. The eye. To pay attention to the thing one is doing, to fasten the eyes on a thing. Matmatam ti aramidmo. Look well to what you are doing. To wish (see "ayat"). Two cuartos, one centavo (old style) one-tenth of a real. Furthermore, besides this. Stockings (Spanish). Also, as well (sometimes muet). Selfsame, self, very (Spanish "mismo"); always following its noun. Isu met laeng. He himself. Iti balaymo met laeng. In your own house. Siac met laeng a siac. I myself in person. One. One cuarto (also maysa nga bassit). Above all, especially. 140 1LOCO LANGUAGE. — mi. Misa. -- o. Moguing. Muet. Mureng. Na-. -na. Na-an. Nabo. Naca —. Naca —an. Nacapa.-an. Nacapag- an. Naed. Nag —. Nag ---an. Our, genitive suffix (excluding the person addressed). The Mass (Spanish). Thy, genitive suffix. When preceded by the verbal particles — en or an it coalesces to form em or - am respectively. The forehead. Also, as well (see met). Dirt adhering to the person or clothing, or arising from not having washed for a long time, grime. N. X Particle forming adjectives from substantive roots. Naimbag, good. Used with concrete nouns to form an adjective or an adjective phrase denoting abundance. Tao a nanauang. A man possessing many carabaos. Ili a napagay. A town producing much rice. Nabato a dalan. A rocky road. Nataua nga balay. A house having many windows. Used with the reduplication of the first syllable of the root and the following consonant to form the superlative degree (very, Spanish " isimo"). Nalamlamiis toy a danum. This water is very cold. Preterite of the verbal particle "ma." Saanco a naala. I was not able to bring it. His, her, its (personal pronoun, suffix). Preterite of the passive verbal particles "ca - an." Sinurotco. ngem diac nasurotacm. I followed after, but I was not able to overtake them. To fall from above, from a height. / Prefix used with nouns or roots expressive of emotions, forming adjectives, which are often equivalent to a relative clause. With this prefix the first syllable of the root with its following consonant is reduplicated. The word expresses the idea of causing or exciting the particular emotion. Nacacatcataua daguiti saom. Your amusing remarks (laughter-causing). Iti nacar-ariec a silidna. In her room that excites one's disgust. Nacasangsangit daguiti asasugna. His moans which move one to tears. Preterite of the active verbal particle "maca." Saanca uga nacadait idi calman? Were you not able to sew yesterday? Preterite of the active verbal particle "macaan." Preterite of "macapa an." Preterite of "macapag-an." For these three see "maca -" and its derivatives in the grammar. Residence, domicile, town (that is, native town or city). Preterite of the active verbal particle "ag-." Nagsursurat. He was writing. Preterite of the formula of cause, person, or ILOCO LANGUAGE. I41 Nag —(an) en. Nagas. Nagpa -. Nagtagaan. Nalabit. Nam-. NamaNamag-. Namag an. Navv Wra " Nam -an. Namin-. Nan-. Nan —an. Nang-. Nang — an. Nangrona unay. Napan. Naquem. Naqui —. place, of the active verbal particle "ag-.' Asin ti nagsurataiyo? To whom did you write? Compound particles used with one word, or with the initial and the final words of the phrase, to, express wonder or admiration. See the grammar. The "an" is optional. Nagdacquelanen! How vast! Character, style, nature. Preterite of the active verbal particle "agpa-.." For its uses see the grammar. Nagpalutocan? Have you given orders about the cooking yet? Nagpaabagatan ni amamon? Has your fathergone south yet? Nagpadaya quetdi. On the contrary, he went east. Splinters. By chance, perchance. Preterite of the active particle "mam" (modifica — tion of "mang" before "b" or "p"). Siac ti namatit idi calman. Yesterday I rang the bells. Preterite of the active verbal particle "mama."' Asin ti namainum quenca? Who obliged you to drink? Preterite of the active verbal particle "mamag." Asin ti namagtacao quenca? Who forced you to flee? Preterite of formula of person, place, or cause, of the active form in "mamag," ("nama-an" is the preterite for "mama"). Adin ti namaca-, nam cadaguiti cabayo? Where did you feed the horses? Taste, savor. Preterite of the formula of person, place, orcause, of the active verbal participle "main" (modification of "mang" before "b" or "p"). Adin ti namasianda quencuana? Where did they overpower him? Preterite of the particle "mamin," which see. Preterite of the active verbal particle "man" (modification of "mang" before "d," "s," or"t"). Nanaoat. He asked. Preterite of the formula of person, place, orcause, of the active particle "man." Adin ti yan ti naningiram cadacuada? Where did you pay them?? Preterite of the active verbal particle "mang." Asin ti nanglaco cadaguiti pamusibn? Who sold the hens? Preterite of the formula of place, person, or cause, of the active particle "mang." Sadin ti' nangalaam iti apug? From what place did you get the lime? Especially, above all. Preterite of the irregular verb "en," to go; derived from the regular verb "mapan." Judgment, discretion and soundness of understanding. Manaquem, judicious. Preterite of the active verbal particle "maqui," forwhose uses see the grammar. Naquimonte can — ILOCO LANGUAGE.;I42 Naqui —an. Naquipag-. Narnac. Narra. Narraganag. Natay. Nateng. Nayon. Nengneng. Nga. Ngadas. Ngalay. Nganngani. Ngarud. Ngata. Ngatangata. Ngato. Ngem. Ngilao. Ngina. Ngisit. Ngudel. Ni. Nipa. No. Nuang. Nupay. iac. He played monte with me. Saanca nga naquibayabas quen-cuana? Did you not ask him to give you some guavas for nothing? Preterite of the formula of place, person, or cause, of the active forms in "maqui." Asin ti naquiasauaanna? Whom did he (or she) marry? Preterite of active verbal particle "maquipag" (a modification of "maqui"). Oen, quet naquipagcuyog cadacami ni Pedro. Yes, and Peter also joined us. To divulge, reveal, make known. A hard, dark native wood, used for flooring, furniture, etc. Revelation (see narnac). Died (preterite of matay). Greens, any kind of herb used for food. To add, augment, increase. Boorishness, ignorance, stupidity. Ligature (see "a," and also, for their uses, the grammar). Used also as a relative pronoun. The palate. Half-way, in the middle (used with iti). To be on the point of. Then (logical), so then, in effect. Perhaps, perchance. Doubt, uncertainty. Up, on top of. But, than (see "em") General name for fly. Price, value. Casano ti ngina ti pagay? What is the price of palay (unhusked rice)? Blackness. Dullness of a cutting instrument, also metaphorically applied to rusticity or rudeness of manners ("rudeza"). The, article used with proper names and terms of relationship and affection. Exclamation calling attention to an object. Adda payong? Ni! Is there an umbrella here? See, there is one. A small palm, whose leaves are used for making roofs and in building, also used for making a native drink. If. No umayca. If you come. When (used of future time). No sumbrecca iti simbaan -. When you enter the church. No casano ti - casta met ti. As is so is also, No casta, this being so. No dadduma, at times, sometimes, other times. No laeng no, lest. No madamdama, soon, after a while. No malem, this evening, in the evening. No rabiy, at night (future). Carabao. Although, however, notwithstanding. 0 Crow.,Oae. ILOCO LANGUAGE. I43 O4ao. Oay. Obing. Ocom. Ocong. Oen. Oenno. Ogali. 1Oo. Omona. Ornong. Ornos. Thirst. Rattan, "bejuco." Child, boy, servant. Quinaobing (or quinaubing), childhood. Judge. The queue, or one that wears a queue. Yes. Umoen, oenen ("decir que si"), to assent. Or. -.. Custom, habit. ' * The head. First. Gathering ("junta"), storage of various articles. Order, arrangement, concert. P Pa-. Pa- an. Paay. Paca-an. Pacapa an. Pacapag- -an. Pacada. Pacat. Pacatao. Paco. Pacumbaba. Pacurang. Padana. Padas. Padi. Padon. Paet. Pag —. tPaga-. Particle used to express the commanding of the action of passives in "en," this particle disappearing. Its preterite is pina —. Inca alaen ti cal-logongco. Paalacto. Go for my hat. I will order it brought. Used for the same purpose with passives in "i," this particle being retained. The preterite is pina. Paipacatmo. Order them to harness up. Used also with passives in "an," this being retained. Papunasam daguiti pinggan. Have them wash the dishes. Passive verbal particles indicating the tying by some part of the body. Pataquiaganda. They tie him by the arms (tie his arms). Disrespect. Formula of place, person, or cause, of active verbs in "maca." Diac pacapaspasiaran to, pilayco. I am not able to go walking. for I am lame. Modification of- the above. Modification of the above. To depart, give "good bye." To harness up animals for carriage, cart, etc. To lay an ambuscade, set a trap for rats, etc. To knock or call at the door of a house. Yoke for any kind of cattle. Ipaco, to yoke. Humility. Same as the preceding. It is all the same. Experience. Term for address to priests (Spanish "Padre"). A short stick attached to the neck of a dog to prevent its biting at the cord, or attacking the person leading it. Padonan, to attach such a stick to a dog. Chisel. Formula of instrument of the active particle "ag" (see the grammar). Pagtutudo toy a payong. This umbrella is used to protect from the rain. Daques ti pagsusuratmo. Your pen is bad. An active verbal particle relating to what part of the body a garment reaches, water in fording, etc. (See "ag" in the grammar.) Pagasi 144 ILOCO LAN1GUAGE. Pag-an. Pagan-anay. Pagao. Pagay. Pagayan. Pag en. Pagna. Pagsagatan. Pagtaquian. Pagtupraan. Pagud. Paguel. Paid. Palalo. Palangca. Palapal. Palapala. Palet. Paliio. Pal-lot. Paltoog. Palubos. Pam-i. Pamag-. Pam- an. quet iti danum. The water (in fording the stream) came up to the waist. Particles for the formula of person, place, or cause, of the active forms in "ag." Preterite nag-an. Sadin ti pagpasaraiyo? Iti iguid ti baybay ti pagpaspasiaranmi. Where are you (going to) walk? We (shall) take a walk along the sea-shore. Clothing in general, complete outfit of, set of sacred vestments. Turtle-dove, wood pigeon. Unhusked rice, with or without the straw, palay. Friend. Particles of the formula of the person commanded for active verbs in "ag." See the grammar. Preterite nag. —en. Asin ti pagsagadeiyo 7 Whom did you command to sweep? Used as a passive with the idea of "give to," "cause to" (see verbs in "en"). Other uses are given in the grammar. Where the root does not admit of "ag" then "pa een" is used. Pasusucmn ti ubing-. Nurse the child, i. e., give it the breast). Dinac pagmataen? Do you think I cannot see (that I have no eyes)? Along the road. Colander. Seat in a water-closet ("retrete"). Cuspidor ("tupra," saliva). Hut, little house ("casita"). Pain, difficulty, injury. To refuse, not to admit or allow. Excess (for its uses see adjectives and adverbs in the grammar). Chair. To throw a stick at anything. Platform. scaffolding. Thickness of liquids. To notice, observe. Cock-fight. Paquipal-lot, game-cock; pal-lotan, cock-pit. Gun, musket, etc. Ipaltoog or agpaltoog, to shoot, fire a gun. License, permission. Palubosan, to give good-bye to guests (i. e., permit them to go). Particle for the formula of instrument of active verbs in "inam' (modification of "mang" before "b" or "p"). Ania ti pamatitda iti campana? With what did they ring the bell? The preterite is pina. Particle of the formula of instrument of verbs in "mamag" (active). If the root does not admit of "ae" then "mama" and "pama" are employed. See the grammar. Ania ti pamaulogmo cadaguiti aso? How did you make the dogs go down (i. e.. out of the house)? Particles of the formula of place, time, or person, for active verbs in "mam" (see "pam" above). Asin ti pamatitanda iti campana? For whom ILOCO LANGUAGE. 145 Pamag-an. Pamayan. Pambar. Pa nt -. Pammag —. Pamusian. Pamuspusan. Pan. Palnag-. Pan -an. Panang-. Panao. Y A Panateng. Pandaras. Panday. Pandec. Pandiling. Pang-. Pang —an. are they ringing the bells? Preterite nam —an. Particles for the same formula o: active verbs in "maca." Ania ti pamusipusaiyo iti globo. What are vou turning the globe for? Particles for the formula of time, place, or person, of active verbs in "mamag" (see "pamag"). The preterite is namag —an or nama —an. Adin ti namacanam cadaguiti cabayo. Where did you have the horses feed? To seem, appear. Excuse, reason, motive. Particle of the formula of manner or time of active verbs in "mam" (see "pam"). Preterite, pinamn. Nalagda ti pammatim. Great is your faith. Particle of the formula of time or manner of active verbs in "marnag" (see "pamag"). The preterite is pinamag or pinama. Caano ti panamasusom iti taguibi? When did you nurse the baby? Domestic hen. Remedy, whether physical or moral. To go (see "en" among the irregular verbs in the grammar. Spanish, "ida," "mision"). Suffix particle of the formula of instrument of active verbs in "man" (modification of "mang" before roots beginning with "d," "s," or "t"). The preterite is pinan. Ania ti pinaitmo? With what are you sewing? Particle of the formula of time or manner of active verbs in "ag." The preterite is pinag. Intonanto ti panagdaitmo iti panoc? When will you sew my handkerchief? Particles of the formula of place, cause, or person, of active verbs in "man" (see "pan"). The preterite is nan - an. Adin ti panuratanda cadaguiti sursurat? Where is the writing-room? (Where do they write letters?) Particle of the formula of time or manner of active verbs in "mang." The preterite is pinang. Nalaca ti panangala iti darat. It is easy to -,) haul sand. Caano ti pinangalam iti galas? When did you bring the milk? To depart, to be absent. Cogon, grass. A cold ("constipado"); used also for any kind of indisposition. Carpenter's adze. Foundry work or manufacturing work in iron. Pandayan, a blacksmith. A dwarf, a person of low stature (also pandacd). Skirt (saya). Particle of the formula of instrument of active verbs in "mang." The preterite is pinang. Ania ti pangatepda iti simbaan? With what are they roofing the church? Particle of the formula of place, cause, or person, of active verbs in "mang." The preterite is nang — an. Adin ti panglacuanda cadaguiti manga? Where do they sell mangoes? i46 Pangguep. Panglao. Pangor. Pangquis. Paniqui. Pann-. Pannaca —. Pannaqui. Pano. Panunot. Paqui- an. Paquin -en. Parabur. Paranas. Parang. Paragan. Parab Paraspas. Parato. Pardaya. Pariir. / Parintumeng. Parioc. Parit. Parot. Parsua. Pasao. Pasia. Pasiar. Pa'sig. Pasindayao. Paslep. Pataiyec. Patao. ILOCO LANGUAGE. Purpose, intent. Poverty. Cudgel, club. Pangoren, to strike with a club. Bird-lime. Large bat, vampire. Particle of the formula of time or manner of active verbs in "man" (see "pan"). Naimbag unay ti pannaitmo cadaguiti badbado. You are sewing the shirts very well. Present and preterite particle of the formula of time or manner of active verbs in "maca." Inton-ano ti pannacapagpasiarta? When shall we go walking? Present and preterite of the formula of time or manner of active verbs in "maqui." If more than two are included in the action the formula is pannaquipag-. (See the grammar). Inton-ano ti pannaquisaoc quenca? When can I have an opportunity of talking with you? Cloth, handkerchief (from the Spanish "pano"). Understanding, comprehension. Particles of the 'formula of place, cause, or person, of active verbs in "maqui." (Also paquipag-an, for which see the grammar). The preterite is naqui —an, naquipeg-an. Asin ti naquiasauaanna? Whom did he marry? Passive particles (see "aquin" in the grammar), to indicate the placing of one object with relation to another. Paquinbabaem dayta nga libro. Put that book under the other. Liberality, generosity. Fineness, smoothness, polish, delicacy. Presentation. The court of a house, yard. Hoarseness. To prune, to cut a tree high up. Levity, jesting. Calumny. Coolness. To kneel. Frying-pan. Prohibition. To pull out (as weeds from a garden, feathers from a fowl, hair from the head, etc.). To create. Mamarsua or namarsua. the Creator. Braggadocio, boasting. To conquer. To walk, promenade, for exercise or pastime. (From the Spanish "pasear"). Firmness, tenacity. This word is also used in the sense of "biig," denoting that articles or objects are pure, without mixture, all of a kind; for example: all silk, all wheat, all of Malay extraction, etc. Vanity, vaingloriousness. Steel. Pitch-penny, heads or tails, "cara y cruz." Buoy, life-buoy; some floating object in the water which one can seize to save himself. ILOCO LANGUAGE. I47 Pateg. Pati. Patigman. Patinayon. Patay. Patit. Pato. Pauay. Pauil. Pay. Payac. Payapay. Payat. Paypay. Payong. Pecquel. Peggues. Pelles. Penpen. Perreng. Pespes. Pia. Picapic. Pidil. Pidot. Piec. Pigsa. X^ < Piguerguer. Pilao. Pilay. Pilit. Piman. Pina-. Pina —an. Pinag-. Price, value of an article. Faith or credit in a person or thing. Counsel, admonition. Always. Patinayon no, provided that. To die. To strike, ring, play a musical instrument. To think, determine, form an opinion; to beckon or signal for the performance in a theatre. Ipatoc itay a naimbag. I thought ("me parecia") that it was good. A country without inhabitants, solitude. Prohibition. Adverb of time and measure (Spanish "primero," "antes," "todavia," "aun," "mas.") Yet, more, before that, etc. Mangancay pay, quet sacayto mapan. First eat, and then you may go. Iccannac pay. Give me some more. The wing of a bird. To call, beckon with the hand, handkerchief, etc. Footstep. Fan. Umbrella, parasol. To pinch, squeeze gently, to gather (as morisqueta or boiled rice into a ball for eating). Sangapecquel, a mouthful of rice. Rapidity, velocity (as of the current of a river). To change one's linen or clothing. A well arranged pile of goods as in a store-room or on a wharf, under guard, etc. To look at one from top to toe ("de hito en hito"). To press, squeeze. Health, improvement in physical conditions (see Carro's Dictionary for idiomatic uses). Palpitation of the heart, vehemence of desire, agitation of the mind. To pinch gently. To gather something from the ground, to pick up, to steal small articles (petty thieving). A young chicken (small). Strength in a person or an animal. Trembling of the body, whether from cold or fear. Spot, blemish, defect; marsh, swamp. Lame, halt. To force, compel. Truly. Preterite of "Pa" for the formula of t'ommanding the action of passive. verbs in "i," "ipa," "i an," and in "en." Pinaulim daguiti saba? Did you order those bananas to be brought up? Ni casinsinco ti pinadaitco. I bade my cousin sew. Preterite particles for commanding the action of passive verbs in "an." Pinasagadacon. I have just given him orders to sweep. Pinasacaandacamri. We had him tied by the feet. Preterite of the passive particle "pag-en," for which see that word, and under the passive in "en" in the grammar. Preterite of the for 148 I LO)CO LANGUAGE. mulas of place, cause, or person; also of manner or of time of active verbs in "ag." Ania ti pinagatepda iti simbaan? With what did they roof the church? Asin ti pinagsuratda? Whom did they order to write? Ania nga horas pinagmisa ti Padi? At what time did the Father say mass? Pinam. Preterite of the formula of instrument, also of the formula of manner or time, of active verbs in "man" (modification of "mang," see "mam"). Ania ti pinamisim ti tinapay? With what did you cut the bread? Caano ti pinamatitda iti camnpana? When did they ring the bell? Preterite of the formula of instrument of active verbs in "maca." See that verb in the grammar. Pinamag-. Preterite of the formula of instrument of active verbs in "mamag" (if of verbs in "mama" then the formula is pinamae. Iti imac ti pinazmnagpusiposco. I turned it with my hand. Pinan-. Preterite of the formula of instrument of active verbs in "man" (modification of "mang"), also for the formula of manner or time. Ania ti pinanagadmo iti agdan? With what did you sweep the stairway? Naladao ti pinanugquelmo iti candela. You are lighting (arranging) the candles late. Pinang. Preterite of the formula of instrument, also of manner and time, of active verbs in "mang." Ania ti pinangaramidyo iti nasam-it? How did you make the candy? Naimbag ti. pinangaladda iti lahuerta. They have fenced the garden well. Pinggan. Plate, crockery. Pinggol. Monkey. Pingil. Ankle. Pirac. Silver, money. Pisos. A peso (value fifty cents, United States currency). Pisi. To part or divide anything (as a strip. of banxboo) along its length. Pitac. Mud, mire, dirt. Pito. Seven. Pitopolo, seventy. Pocpoc. Resume, recapitulation. Polcoc. Giving away of the mind or courage, to be overpowered by grief, to despair of the health or other thing, etc. Ponpon. Religious prayers, obsequies, etc. (for one deceased). Poon. Caste, lineage, origin. Pucan. To fell trees. Mamucan, a woodsman, one who fells trees. (The "p" disappears after "mam.") Puccao. To cry, to call in a loud voice. Pudao. Whiteness (the same as purao). Pudno. Truth. Agpudno, to tell the truth. Pudot. Heat. Agpudot. to heat; pudoten, to feel the heat. Pulang. To restore, replace, return. Pulong. To perform personal labor on public works, as required by Spanish law. ILOCO LANGUAGE. 149 Pulos. Pulot. Pultac. Punkan. Pungtot. Pun gupunguan. PunLipun. Puot. Pupuc. Puquis. Purao. Purar. Purus. Pusa. Pusay. Pusipus. Puso. Puscol. Puste. Puted. Putol. Puur. Puyat. Puyut. Queddeng. Quen. Quenca. (Quencuanu. Ouersang. Quet. Quetdi. Quiday. Quigao. Quigtot. Quillaban. Quil-lo. Quimat. Quina-. Pure, without mixture. Pulos a purao, all white; cuentas a pulos, a rosary of pure gold; pulos a bigas, pure rice. Oil, unction. Pulotan, to anoint (as a king, priest, etc.). Bald. Pillow, bolster, cushion. Anger, indignation. A doll. To join or place together two or more objects. To have forethought, prearrange. Locking up, imprisonment ("prision"). Pupuquen, to lock any one in a room or cell; napupuc, a prisoner, anything that is locked up (as in a safe). Bald. Whiteness. A dazzling glare. To gather by hand the fruit from a tree or plant. Cat. To separate one from home or country, to wean a child. To revolve, turn around (whether a person or thing). The heart, courage. Napuso a tao, a valiant man. Thickness, bulk, size, density; also coarseness (as of crockery). Riding saddle, saddle with trappings ("montura"). To cut across or through (a tree or other object). To behead a person or animal. To burn, burning ("quemadura"). To be weary (sleepy) through keeping long vigil. Blast, puff, breath, of wind. Q Bounds whether of time, place, or quantity; deterrmination of a period of punishment, sentence as pronounced by a judge. And. Iti nagan ti Ama, quen Anac, quen Espiritu Santo. In the name of the Father, etc. Oblique case of the proper article "ni" (for, to, with, by, etc.), used also with terms of affection and of relationship. For, to, thee. For, to, them. Roughness to the touch, as of cloth, wood, etc. And. For the uses of "quen" and of "quet" see the grammar. Rather, on the contrary. The eyebrow. A nursing carabao calf. Fright, horror, consternation. Cold morisqueta or boiled rice. To twist; naquil-lo, twisted (as the body, a road, stick, etc.). The eyelash; the lightning. Particle prefixed to a root to form an abstract I50 ILOCO LANGUAGE. noun. Thus imbag, goodness (as the goodness of a person, an animal, inanimate objects); quinaimbag, goodness in the abstract. Quina —an. Preterite of the passive verbal particles "caan." Quinasiamac ida. I increased their number to nine. (See "ca an" in the grammar.) Quiqui. Sensation of tickling, as in the throat, etc. Quiquien, to tickle a person; maquiqui, to feel a tickling sensation. Quired. Vigor of body or spirit. Quisquis. To shave; quisquisan, to shave another person; agquisquis, to shave oneself; pagquisquis, a razor; mangngisquis, a barber (for the literal change in the root see "mang" in the grammar). Quita. Sight; Maquita, to see. Species, class, aspect of a thing, etc. Ania ti quitana? What was his appearance? Quitang. Outlines (for fishing). Quiteb. Bed-bug. Quiting. Shortness or scantiness of a garment. R Rabac. Fun, joke, jest. Rabrabaquen, to make fun of a person. Rabao. The surface of anything, the upper part, on top, upon. Iti rabao, upon. Rabiy. Night. Racrac. To destroy, break up or off, demolish, break a contract or promise, break a friendship. Raem. Reverence, respect, obsequiousness (as of a child to its parents, a soldier to his officer, a subject to a ruler, etc.). Raep. To transplant the rice-plant. Ragadi. A saw, especially the large cross-cut saw. Rag-o. To rejoice. Raman. Test, proof, taste, savor. Ramay. The finger. Ramramit. Tools, implements, etc. (Also ramitramit.) Ramut. Root. Rana. Chance, coincidence. Rangcap. Gift, present, benefit received. Ranggas. Vexation, aggravation, offence. Rangtay. Bridge; also the passage from the main part of a house to the offices (kitchen, etc.). Raoet. Gluttony, whether in man or animal. Raquit. A raft of bamboo; sometimes the term is especially confined to a little raft. Rasa. General name for crabs. Rasay. Scantiness, flimsiness, as poor texture in cloth, scantiness of hair on head or in the beard, poorness of crop, etc. Rasi. Fragility, delicacy, a thing easy to break (as glass, china, the edge of a tool, etc.). Rayo. Affection, liking (especially of a person). Reb-ba. Shipwreck, destruction of a vessel. Marba, to wreck; pacarbaan, that which causes a shipwreck. Rebbeng. Obligation, duty. ILOCO LANGUAGE. I5I Recado. Regga. Regta. Relos. Ribu. Ricna. Ridep. Riguis. Riing. Rimbao. Ringgor. Rinsaed. Ripirip. Riquep. Riquet. Riri. Riro. Risay. Riuriu. Rocnoy. Romsa. Rongirong. Rongrong. Root. Royroy. Ruam. Rubbuat. Rucbab. Rucbos. Rucop. Rucud. Rugui. Ruguit. Rumec. Rumen. Runao. Rungfiit. Rusoc. Rupa. Rurud. Rutay. Spices. Depth or profundity of sleep. Zeal, vigilance. Watch, clock (Spanish, "reloj"). Thousand. Sangaribu, a thousand. Sensation, the bodily senses. To doze. Rag, cloth ("trapo," Spanish). To awaken. Prominence. Narimbao, superior. Disquietude, lack of tranquility. To settle, subsidence of what may cause turbidness in liquids. Conclusion (logical), inference, deduction. Door, one valve of a double door, shutter of window. Density of a forest, jungle, or cane-brake. Nariquet, difficult. Mistake, error, wandering of the mind when listening to a conversation. Same as the preceding. To have the ear torn (as a calf that is marked by slitting its ears). Million. Sangariuriu, a million. To bow, make an obeisance, bend the body to receive a burden. Barren (used of women), sterile. Thickness of a forest, jungle, etc. The stub (of a cigar, candle, etc.). Grass in general ("zacate"); rubbish, dirt ("basura"). Rag, cloth ("trapo"). Custom, habit. To make preparations for a journey. Profound inclination or reverence of the body, made as a token of humility. Verdure, luxuriance of foliage. Caries, pus, corrupted matter. Measure of length. Beginning. Dirtiness, filthiness in general. To mash. Disdain. To thaw, melt. To show the teeth in a smile; regarded as false or insincere. The stomach. The face. Envy, anger at hearing illy deserved praise. Rag, old rags ("andrajo"). S Adverb of uncertainty, sometimes of sequence. When united to a word ending in a vowel the letter "n" is prefixed for euphony. It Is sometimes a prefix, at other times a suffix. Addansa ditoy ti escribiente? Is (perchance) the secretary here? Ennac aglualo, quet saacto umay. Sa. 152. ILOCO LANGUAGE. I am going to church (to pray), and then I will come. Saad. State, office, position, condition. Saan. No, not. See the copulatives for its difference from "di" and "aoan." Also see adverbs and the ligature in the grammar. As a negative: *it is used as a separate word. It may, however, be used with verbal particles. Agsaan, to say no, to refuse, deny ("decir que no'). Saan a casta. It is not so. Saan met, by no means. Saani. Irony, sarcasm. Saba. Banana, plantain. vSinabaan, a banana grove. Sabali. Other, another. Sabangan. Port, the mouth of a river that empties into the sea. Sabat. Chance meeting when coming from opposite directions; applied also to inanimate objects. Sabong. Flower. Sab-ung. Dowry. Saca. Leg, paw, foot. Sacay. To mount a horse. Sacdu. To draw water. Saclot. The lap. Agsaclot, to have in the lap; sacloten, to place in the lap; pasaclot, to sit in the lap. Sacsi. A witness. Sadi. In, at, to, etc. Preposition used with reference to geographical sites, the points of the compass, and locations signified thereby (as "in the north"). Sadiay. There ("alla"). Sadiua. Freshness of fish, flesh, or fowl. Sadut. Sloth, idleness, inactivity. Sag-. A particle used in trading for articles bought by the piece (eggs, mangoes, etc.) Qr by measure. Sagmamano ti vara? How much is it by the yard? Sagbibinting. Two reals. Sagmamano daguitoy a manga? Daguiti babassit saggaysa nga dacquel. The little ones cost a centavo apiece. Sagaba. Suffering. Sagad. To sweep. A broom, a rake. Sagana. Preparation, forethought. Sagasay. A large-toothed comb. Sagauisio. To whistle, a whistle. Sagpamisan. From time to time. Sagubanet. Sloth, sluggishness through indisposition. Saguday. Advantage, privilege, excellency. Sagut. A present given as distinguished from a present received. Sain-nec. Sob, sigh. Sairo. To tempt. Sala. Ball, party (from the Spanish).. Salacan. Savior, salvation. Saldpi. Four reals, a medio-peso (twenty-five cents U. S. currency). An ear of corn. Salda. To pawn effects or jewels, hypothecate. Saldet. Quickness of comprehension or understanding. Salioasio. To go forwards and backwards as in a square dance. ILOCO LANGUAGE., 153 Salput. Saltoc. Salug. Saluit-at. Sam-it. Sanmusam. San ga-. Salngabuquel. Sangaili. Sangapesada. Sang-at. Sangayan. Sangaigup. Sang calamut. Sangcaquitteb. Sang it. Sango. Santgol. Sangpet. San iata. Sanicta. Sansan. Santo-maysa. Sao. Saong. Sapa. Sapad. Sapasap. Sapata. Sapay! Sapin. Saplid. Saplit. Sapul. Saquit. Sarac. Sarainsam. To pierce, traverse, go through. A mouse-trap. To go down hill. Isalug, to grow old. Health. Sweetness. To mingle. A mix-up, as a crowd of people of many different nationalities, or a party or assemblage of people of different social grades, a scrap-heap, a mixture of rice and other things (not pure rice). Particle denoting a unit of measure, value, numeration, etc. Sangavara, sangadeppa, sangapolo, sangaribu, etc. See the grammar, especially under numerals. A word used to denote a unit of (generally) something round or rounded. Sangabuquel a tinapay, a loaf of bread; sangabuquel a itlog, an egg; sangabuquel a tao, a man. This word might be used in checking off, issuing, enumeration, etc. Menstruation. A stranger from another town, a guest. One weighing, a load (as a load of hay). To ascend (as a hill). That which is especial or extraordinary, as: extraordinary beauty, especial fitness for a position, etc. A draught, a swallow. 'A mouthful. Same as the preceding. To weep, cry. Before, face to face, facing. Yoke for carabao; hook for dragging out grass. To arrive. Ornaments, precious jewels, jewelry. Riches, possessions. From this comes the idea of being at leisure ("desocupado"). Masanicuaac laen- I only am unoccupied. Frequency. liasansan, frequently. Furthermore, besides this (logical). Word, expression. Agsao, to talk. The canine teeth, eye-teeth. Early. Sprig from a bunch of bananas. Common, for ordinary or public use. Sapasap a dalan, public highway. Oath. Agsapata, to swear (both profane and legal swearing). Managsapata, he who swears habitually. Oh, that! This is used to form what is practically the optative of the Greek grammar. Pantaloons. Feather duster, dusting rag. To whip, stroke of a whip. To seek, look for. Masapulan, to find somethirg, whether looked for or not. Sickness, indisposition. To meet, encounter. Mirth, jest; fritters, pancakes ("frutas de sar-ten"), tidbits. 154 4 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Sarangasang. Funnel. Sardeng. To stop, detain. Sarita. Recital, conversation. Sarming. Crystal, glass, mirror. Sarua. Vomiting. Sarungcar. To visit. Sarut. Phthisis; person, animal, or plant having some internal disorder. Acuteness, subtilty, penetration. Satsat. Ripping. Satsaten, to rip. Saur. To deceive, cheat in play or at cards. Sayaat. Beauty in general. Sayao. To be liquid and clear. Nasayao a chocolate, clear chocolate. Sebseb. To quench a fire with water. Seda. Silk (Spanish). Seddaao. Marvel, miracle, astonishment, wonder, admiration. Seddo. To have a spasm, to be overcome by weariness, heat, etc. Masdo, to have a spasm. Segga. Uneasiness in waiting, solicitude, care. Seg-gar. Erection of the hair as in animals. Sumgar, to bristle up; macapaspasgar, to cause an animal to bristle up. Sel-lep. Wetness, to be wet. Maslep, to become wet. Selsel. To place in some receptacle, to stuff in, push, to crowd. Sengngao. Bad vapors, evil exhalations from the body, manifestations of the hidden things of the heart. Serrd. To lock, bolt; a lock. (Evidently from the Spanish "cerrar.") Serrec. To enter. Sercan, a door, an entrance. Si-. Particle used with nouns to indicate that a person or thing is covered with or abounds in the same. To denote also that one is equipped with, clothed in, supplied with, etc., the thing expressed bv the root. In either case there is a reduplication of the first syllable of the root. Apayapay a sitatapucca? Ta sitatapuc met ti dalan. How is it that you are covered with dust? Because the road is (also) dusty. Sipapandiling iti nalabaga. She has on a red skirt. Siac.. I. Siam. Nine. Siam a 'ol-lo, ninety. Siasi. To stray, to wander away. Sibbo. To test, to try for the first time. Sibo. To bubble. Sibog. To water, to sprinkle. Sica. Thou. Bloody passages. Sical. Cramps in the bowels, pains from the movement of the foetus in the womb, pains of child-birth. Sicap. Astuteness, shrewdness, caution. Sicapat. A real (twelve and a half centavos, six and a quarter cents). Sicat. Purpose, intent, end, aim. Sicaualo. Half a real. Sico. The elbow, a carpenter's square. Sicor. Depression of the mind. Masicoran, to be disturbed; nasicor, difficulty. ILOCO LANGUAGE. I55 Sicquil. Inflexibility, fortitude, endurance. Sicug. Pregnancy. Sida. Food of any kind. Siddaao. Astonishment, marvel. etc. Siding. Mole, freckle, speck. Siglat. To go softly, lightness, agility. Siglot. Knot, bow-knot. Siit. Thorn. Silao. A light. Agsilao, to place a lighted candle in a sheltered spot and notice the direction of the flame, or to pour a few drops of oil in water and observe the direction they take, these as a method of divination for finding a thing that is lost. Silid. Room, quarters, habitation. Silo. Lasso. Silpo. To add to ("anidura"). Simbaan. Church. Simsim. To taste, to test. Sina. Separation. Singdat. Immediately, promptly, at once. Singin. Twins; opera-glasses. Agsinginda, they are twins. Singir. To pay, to settle a debt. Singsing. Ring. Siping. Two cuartos, one centavo (old style, value one and a quarter cents). Sipnget. Obscurity, darkness. Sipud. From, since. Sipul. To cut a plant from its root. Ecclesiastically it has an applied meaning. Sipulen ti maquimisa, to hear a mass from the beginning ("oir la misa desde principio"). Siquet. Waist, girdle, belt. Siquilen. To nudge with the elbow. Siquig. Side of the body. Sirao. Rising of the sun or the moon, or of a star when it begins to show itself. Siri. Rapidity, velocity of the wind, or of the current of a river. Sirib. Wisdom, Masirib, wise; agcacasirib, the wise. Siroc. Down, below ("abajo"). Siruelas. Cherries (Spanish "ciruelas"). Siuman. Step-child. Suaco. Pipe for smoking. Sual. A pointed stick, or with a trowel-shaped attachment, used as an adze. Subalit. To return the like, to give thanks. Sublat. Alternation, doing things in turn. Subli. To come back, return, make restitution. Suca. Vinegar. Sucain. To scrutinize. Sucat. To exchange; substitute; to measure capacity, whether of solids or liquids. Sudi. Lustre, preciousness (of metals). Sugat. Scar, wound. Sugod. Comb. Suguigui. Toothpick. Suli. A corner. Sulit. Difficulty. 156 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Sul-lat. Sultip. Sumangca-. Sumpit. Sungbat. Sungo. Sungrud. Supot. Suquir. Surat. Surot. Suruc. Susic. Suya. Ta. Taao. Taba. Tabaco. Tabas. Tabilang. Tabungao. Tacao. Taccon. Tacder. Tacneng. Tacong. Tacqui. Tacrot. Tactac. Tadem. Tadi. Tadtad. Taep. Taer. Taga. A cork, a stopper. A peculiar hiss made by Filipinos to attract the attention of another. A particle used in comparisons, for whose use see the grammar. No nabacnangcayo sumangcabacnang pay ni gayyemco. If you are wealthy my friend is still more so. An injection, clyster. Answer. Sumungbat, to answer. Muzzle, snout. Wood that is used for fuel. Purse, bag, cover, money-sack, pillow-case, etc. Disobedience. To write; a letter, epistle. To follow, pursue. Leavings, -remains. To dispute, contend. Loathing for food. T That, of that. There ("ahi"). For, because. Mayat ta nasaquitcayo. He has come because you are sick. We (dual suffix, thou and I), our (dual suffix, thy and my). The deep sea. Nataao, at sea. Corpulence, fatness, fat (substantive, whether of animal or of food, "manteca"). - Tobacco (Spanish). To cut a garment. Tabasen; to cut; pagtabasan, a pattern; tumatabas, a professional cutter. Carelessness, negligence. Squash, calabash- ("calabasa blanca"). To rob, steal. Scantiness, scarcity. To rise to one's feet from a kneeling or sitting position. Sitatacder, to be afoot. Also height, presence, appearance. Nalaing ti tacderna. He has a fine presence. Modesty; peace, tranquility. A sow. Excrement. Cowardice, timidity, pusilanimity. To detain, retard. Sharpness (as of a tool). Spur of a rooster. To bite, nibble, take small bites, eat delicately. Hull of rice. Elegance, grace, haughtiness. To hew, trim down, plane, smooth' (wood, stone, etc.). Particle used either independently or as a prefix both in inquiring and in answering as to one's home, native plate, etc. Taganoca baro?, Tagabacnotanac. Where are you from, young man? I am from Bacnotan. Tallo daguiti ubbingmi; taga Dagupan ti omona, taga Paniqui ti maicadua, quet ti maicatlo taga' di'oy. We have three servants; one is from Dagupan, one is from Paniqui, and the third is from here. ILOCO LANGUAGE. I57 Tagaano, Whence (interrogatively). Tagabo. Servant, adopted son. Tagainep. Sleep. Tagapulut ti yucan. Honey. Tagbat. To cut or slash with a weapon (bolo, knife. sword, etc.). Tagoob. Howling of a dog. Taguibi. Baby. Taguinting. A variety of cane more delicate than that called bolo. Talabong. Decorated hammock. Talao. To flee. Talec. To trust, to confide. Tali. Cord, halter. Taliao. To look from one point to another, turning the head. Talibagoc. Good fortune, privilege, luck (given by Carro; Naves has talibayo). Taingenngen. Rest, repose. Tal-lo. Three. Maicatlo, third. Tal-lombagui, three reals. Tal-lopolo, thirty. Talna. Ease, tranquility. Talon. Farm, rice-paddy, "sementera." Taltag. Trot. Agtaltag or tumaltag, to trot (used especially of a horse). Taltaguen, to thresh out rice. Taltal. To pound, crush, mash. / Talogading. Prerogative, privilege; remark made tp0one confidentially. Italogadingmo a ibai. Tell it "aside." Tamba. Flatness (term applied to liquors). Tam-ec. To fall on something sharp. Tamed. Inclination of the head. Itamedmo ti olom iti nagan a Jesuis. Make a reverence at the name of Jesus. Tanap. A plain (especially applied to plains on highlands or on top of a mountain). Tandaan. Sign, mark. Pagdandananan, insignia, mark of distinction. Tanem. To bury. Tangad. To raise the head in order to look upwards. Tangcal. Cage for birds or for animals. Tangdan. Pay, salary. Tangig. Pride, haughtiness. Tangingi. Sand for blotting. Tangquen. Hardness. Matangquenan, a person come of age. Tangsit. Arrogance, pride, haughtiness. Tan-oc. Excellence; prominence. Tao. Man, person, people ("gente"). Taod.- Origin, manifestation, beginning, cause. Taoen. Year. Tapal. Cataplasm, plaster. Tapno. For, in order that ("para que," conjunction). Tapuc. Dust. Taquem. Office, employment, condition. Taquiag. The arm. Tarampo. To spin a top. Taraoc. To crow (rooster). Taraon. Food. Taraqui. Beauty. I58 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Taray. To run, race, or go on a run. Tarigagay! Eagerness, desire. Tariman. Preparation, adornment, dressing, arrangement. Taroy. Clearness' in liquids. Taua. Window. Tauar. To bargain, chaffer, adjust prices. Tauatao. Vagrancy. Tauid. Inheritance.' Taul. To bark. - tayo. We, of us (including the person addressed). Tayom.. Indigo plant. Taytay. \ Bridge. Tebbang. \ Cliff, preApice., Tecquen. Pole of bamboo used for propelling a boat. 'leggued. Day labor. Telteg. To be without a point (as a pencil). Tengnga. In the middle. Tengnga ti rabiv, in the middle of the night, at midnight; tengnga ti dalan, in the middle of the road. Tengnged. Neck ("cuello 6 pescueza"). Tengngel. To detain, subject, refrain, check (person or animal). Teppel. Continency, chastity, sobriety. Tian. The belly, the abdomen. Tibbi. To spin. Tibcol. To trip, to stumble. Tidda. Remnants, leavings. Tignay. Movement, agitation (used also for mental action). Tilio. To capture, to imprison. Tintec. The voice. A flea. Timeo. Timmaoa. The common people, the "vulgus." Timud. Attention. Tinapay. Bread. Tinnag. To fall from a height. Tita Ink (Spanish). Tiped. Obstacle, impediment, embarrassment. Tiratir. To place things in order, to arrange. irat. To lie, to tell a falsehood. rt. Particle indicating the future. When appended to a word ending in a vowel a euphonic "n" is intercalated. Addaacto ditoy, I shall be here. Napigsanto toy a cabayo. This horse is probably (will be) fiery. Toctoc. Top or crown of the head. Tono. When (of future time, also inton-no). Tonton. Search, investigation, inquiry. Tooc. Torment. Toy. This, of this. Here. Trigo. Wheat (Spanish). Tuang. To fall, to tumble. Tubo. Gain, advantage; germination. Tubong. Pitcher for oil, etc. (made of cane or bamboo). Tucac. Frog. Tucad. Stirrup, one step of a stairway. Tudo. Rain. Tugao. A seat. -Tugot. To take something with one.. ILOCO LANGUAGE. I59 Tugquel. Tulad. Tulag. Tulang. Tulao. Tulali. Tulbec. Tuleng. Tuloc. Tulod. Tulong. Tuluy. Tuma. Tumapuac. Tumatayab. Tumeng. Tumpong. Tunao. Tunggal maysa. Tungil. Tungpa. Tungpal. Tuppol. Turay. Turcac. Tured. Turog. Tutup. 1 uud. Tuyo. To skewer, spit, run through. To imitate. Treaty, convention, agreement. Bone. To spot, stain, soil. Flute (also the Spanish "flauta"). Key. Deaf. Submission. To conduct or accompany a person. To aid. End, termination, conclusion of a work. Body-louse. To jump down. Bird, parrot. The knee. To meet, to find. To melt (wax, metal, etc.) Every one, each one. A dwarf. A blow, a buffet. End, conclusion of a work. Lacking one or more teeth. Rule, command, government. Phlegm. Daring, valor, intrepidity; patience, suffering, fortitude. To sleep. To adjust. Experience. Dust from threshing rice. U To leave the hair pnbound, as after washing it. Eight. To open an aperture (as a door or window). To part, share, distribute. To sprinkle. Paguaris, the asperger or sprinkler used by the priest to scatter holy water at the beginning of the Mass. Axe or hatchet for work. Rattan, "bejuca." Solitude. Vain, without pith, marrow, or substance; used both in a spiritual as well as a material sense. The anus, the buttocks. Boy, child, servant. Plural ub-ubbing! Pig-sty. To open, to unfold. To unfold, spread out. The last, final. Importunity. To be shaken up (as when one rides on a hardtrotting horse, or in a litter where the bearers move unevenly). The roaring of wild animals. Custom, character, a person's disposition. Lack of economy, prodigality. Uacray. Ualo. Uanit. Uaras. Uaris. Uasay. Uay. Uayas. Ubbao. Ubet. Ubing. Ubong. Ucas. Ucrad. Udi. Ud-ud. Ueg-ueg. Uga. Ugali. Ugao. I60 ILOCO LANGUAGE. Ug-gut. First shoots of a tree, the tender heart of a cabbage, lettuce, and other greens. Ugsa. Deer, stag, venison. Uguing. Coal, charcoal. Uguis. Lightning. Uidda. To go to bed. Ulao. Sea-sickness. Ulay. Folded handkerchief of sinamay (a native cloth) worn by Filipino women, birthday present, crown, votive offering to the saints. Ulbod. Lie, deceit, tale-bearing. Uleg. Snake, serpent. Ules. Sheet, blanket, travelling-rug, cloak, mantle. Uli. To go up, ascend, enter a house (Spanish "subir"). Ulicba. Chicken with dark flesh. Ulidan. Model, example. Ulila. Orphan. Uliteg. Uncle, plural uuliteg. Ulit. To repeat words or an action. Ulog. To go down, take down. Ulpit. Tyranny, iniquity, badness. — umrn. Active verbal particle, for whose uses see the grammar. The preterite is -in-. Tumao, to be a man, act the man. Apayapay pumudao ti boocmo? How is it that your hair is turning white? Uma. To loathe, to feel disgust at anything. Umel. Dumb, mute. Umiecatca! Please stop! Quit! Umisu. Just, reasonable. Umoc. Nest of a bird, tangled hair, wad of cotton. Unas. Sweet or sugar cane. Unay. Very. Uneg. Within, inside. Ungar. To improve, get better, rise (resurrection). Ungcay. Handle, shaft. Uni. Voice, sound. Unnat. To stretch, become tense (as a tendon). Upa. Chicken that has not as yet begun to lay. Uper. To steep, soak, wet. Uppat. Four. Uram. To burn (transitive). Urat. The veins. Uray. However, notwithstanding, no matter, all right. Aguray, to hope, to expect. Uray cacnoman, never, under no circumstances. Uray no casano, notwithstanding, be it as it may. Ur-uray. Vile, low, despicable. Utec. Brain, marrow. Ut-ut. Acute pain. Uyao. Jest, mockery. Uyec. To cough. Uyong. Mad, crazy, foolish. Plural agcacauyong. y Yacayac. Sieve, screen. Yacyac. To wade a river. ILOCO LANGUAGE. I6I Yaman. Recreation, joy, jubilation, thanks. Agyaman, to give thanks for a favor. Yan. Place, location. Adin ti yan, where (interrogative). Adin ti yan ti tabaco? Where is the tobacco? Yano. Place or country where one is a native of (see taga). Yeg. To bring (passive verb). Yegmo ti libro. Bring me the book. -yo. Your (plural). Yucan. Honey-bee. Yum. To close the mouth. Yumyum. To make a ball of "morisqueta" or boiled rice for eating. I INDEX Ability expressed by the passive verbal particle ma —, 110. Ability expressed by the active verbal particle maca-, 88. Abstract nouns with ca — or quina —, 22. Abundance of a growth or natural product in a place denoted by the passive particles ca —an, 105. Accents, 17. Accents affected by certain verbal particles, 18. Accidental accents, 17. Accomplishment of purpose expressed by the passive verbal particle ma-, 111. Acting a part expressed by the active verbal particle ag —, 77. Active verbal particles listed, 58. Active verbs, 57. Active verbs, characteristics of, 57. Active verbs, subject in the nominative, 57. Adda and aoan, 68. Adda and aoan used when the term "a little of" occurs in the predication, 66. Adda not used when the object possessed is qualified by an adjective, 69. Adin, a contraction of adino, 42. Adin ti yan for adin, 42. Adjectives, 26. Adjectives in ca-, 28. Adjectives in ma-, 28. Adjectives in na —, 28. Adjectives in naca-, 28. Adjectives in naca — with passives require the ligature, 65. Adjectives in si, 29. Adjectives, position of, 27. Adjectives reduplicated, with adda and aoan, with sense of "only a little," 45. Adjectives, simple, list of, 26. Adjectives used as qualifiers of verbs, 44. Adjectives used impersonally with passives require the ligature, 65. Adverbial meaning conveyed by certain particles, 44. Adverbial meaning in certain verbal roots, 44. Adverbs, 43.. Adverbs, independent, 48. Adverbs of time, 47. Ag-, active verbal particle, 73. Ag —, other uses of, 76. Aga-, active verbal particle used to express the reach of water on the body in fording a stream, length of garments, etc., 80. Agca-, active verbal particle indicating the possession of the same qualities, same relations, etc., 80. Agcaca, active verbal particle denoting a common relationship between three or more, 80. Ag-inn, active verbal particles used to denote reciprocity of action, 78. i64 INDEX. Ag-inn, with reduplication of the entire root used in expressing rivalry between three or more, 78. Agpa, active verbal particle used for commanding the action of verbs in ag-, 76. Agsin-, active verbal particle used in expressing reciprocity in action, 78. Agsin-, mutations of the verb with, 78. Aguin, active verbal particle used to indicate pretending, 79. Ammo, to know, 71. — an, passive verbal particle used to express change, etc., 102. - an, pronominal suffixes, influence on, 38. — an retained when the verb receives the verbal particle ma, 112. - an used sometimes instead of — en, 97. And, how expressed, 54. Ania, what, 41. Aoan, contrary of adda, not, 68. Aquin, nouns in to express proprietorship or accountability, 23. Articles, 24. Asino, contracted to asin, who, what, 40. Attributing or suspecting expressed by the passive verbal particle ipa, 108. Augmentatives, 22. Auxiliaries, 63. Auxiliaries listed with adverbs, 48. Ay with the active verbal particle -um ----, to come, 72. Be, to, how expressed, 65. Brief interval of action denoted by the active verbal particle mama, 92. Brief interval of action denoted by the active verbal particle -um — 87. Ca-, nouns in, denoting recentness, 23. Ca-an, passive verbal particles denoting the accomplishment of the end proposed, 105. Ca-an, particles used to form the true superlative, 32. Caano, when, of time past, 63. Cada, conjunction used in enumerating individuals, 54. Ca en, passive verbal particle used to express increase or diminution, 102. Canica, ancient use of in numeration, 35. Cano, they say, 71. Cardinal numbers, 33. Casano for the interrogative "how," 42. Cases of nouns, 22. Causation expressed by the active verbal particle maca —, 88. Cayat, to will, to desire, 71. Combination in passive verbs of subject and object, when they are personal pronouns, 94. Common.article, 24. Comparison, 30. Comparisons, paradigm of, 32. Comparative by reduplication, 30. Cona, to say, used with quotations, 70. Conditional Comparison, 31. Conjoined action expressed by the use of the active verbal particle maqui —, 90. Conjunctions, 53. Consummation of result expressed by use of the passive verbal particles ca-an, 105. INDEX. i65 Continuance of action for stated periods expressed by use of the active verbal particle maca-, 90. Copula, no true expression for in Iloco, 66. Cua, use of in forming possessive pronouns, 39. Da and cada as connectives, 54. Da and cada- in plurals of articles and demonstratives, 26. Dacami, datayo, difference between, 39. Daguiti, plural of the article, 24. Datao, impersonal pronoun, 40. Daydi and dediay, that, 26. Dayta, that, 26. Daytoy, this, 25. Declension of the personal pronouns, 36. Demonstratives, 25. Dependence of verbs, 64. Dependent verbs with ligatures, 20. Derived adjectives, 27. Desire expressed by the active verbal particles maqui —um, 90. Di -, not, always with attached suffixes, 46. Di-. same as aoan in meaning, 46. Di - requires a euphonic "n" before certain suffixes, 46. Diminutives, 22. Direction expressed by use of the active verbal particle agpa-, 81. Disease, to have a, expressed by use of the active verbal particle ag-, 77. Distribution, the passive verbal particle an used 'to indicate share in, 104. Distributives, 36. Dress, etc., to put on or wear, expressed by use of the acitve verbal particle ag —, 77. Dual number, 39. Em, than, contraction of ngem, 31. Emotion expressed by the use of the particle naca, 28. Emphasis, when on personal pronouns, the independent form required, 37. Emphasis, when on the subject, ti or daguiti required with the predicate. En and mapan, to go, 72. -en, adverbial particle, same as the Spanish "ya," 44. En, irregular verb, does not admit a connective with dependent verbs, 65. -en, passive verbal particle, used to form active (Anglice) transitive verbs, 97. - en, passive verbal particle, influence on pronominal suffixes, 38. — en, passive verbal particle, special uses of, 98. -en, passive verbal particle, disappears when the verb is affected by the verbal particle ma-, 112., Equipment expressed by the use of the active verbal particle agor agtagui —, 78. Excellence denoted by the verbal in -urnm, 88. Excess denoted by the use of nalabes or napalalo, 29. Exclamatory phrases in nag- - (an) en, 30. Exclusive "we" expressed by dacami, 39. Existence expressed by adda, 69. Family, group, or town (inhabitants of), expressed by the use of the particles sanga-an, 106. Formulas, 59. Formulas illustrated, 74. i66 INDEX. Formulas mainly belong to active verbs, 94. Formulas mostly passive as far as the subject is concerned, 57. Formulas, objects of in the accusative, 57. Formulas of the active verbal particle ag-, 74. Formulas of the passive verbal particle - en taken from those of the active particles mang-, ag-, or -umFormulas of the verbal particle ma- same as those of the active verbal particle maca -, 111. Formulas of the active verbal particles maca —, macapa, and macapag —, 89. Formulas of the active verbal particle mami, 84. Formulas of the active verbal particles mama- and mamag, 92. Formulas of the active verbal particle man —, 85. Formulas of the active verbal particle mang —, 82. Formulas of the active verbal particle maqui —, 91. Formulas of the active verbal particle -um -, 87. Frequentatives under the verbal particle ma have the particle itself reduplicated, 110. Gender how indicated, 21. Gerundives, formation of, 62. Gerundives of verbs in the active verbal particle mang —, 83. Gerundives, use of, 74. Giving, idea of expressed by the use of the passive verbal particle — an with manu or with a cardinal number, 104. Going to buy expressed by the use of the active verbal particles mantg-, mam-, or man -, 86. Going to buy, irregular verb "en" used to denote, 73. Grammatical structure, remarks on, 18. Gratis, asking for anything but fruits, etc., expressed by the use of the active verbal particle maqui —, 90. Gratis, asking for fruits, etc., how expressed with maqui —, 92. I -, passive verbal particle; requiring generally that the means of the action be stated, 107. I -, passive verbal particle retained when the particle ma- is also attached to the verb, 112. I, passive verbal particle sometimes employed where the particles -- en or — an would seem to be preferable, 107. I-, passive verbal particle, special uses of, 107. I-, preterite of the active verbal particle -um —, 87. I, passive particle, retained if the verb passes to an active form, 107. I- an, passive verbal particles indicating the performance of an action in another's stead, 109. Idi, when, auxiliary particle of time past, 63. Ii, preterite of the passive verbal particle i- before an initial root vowel, 107. II, preterite of the passive verbal particle i- before an initial "I" in the root, 107. Imperatives, 62. Impersonally used adjectives with active verbs dependent require "ti" as a connective, 65. Impersonal pronouns, 40. in —, intercalated particle indicating "every" with divisions of time (hours, days, etc.), 47. In, irregular verb "to go," same as "en," 73. In-, preterite of the passive verbal particle - en, intercalated after initial vowel in root, 97. In-, preterite of the passive verbal particle i-, 107. INDEX. i67 Inability from external cause expressed by the active verbal particle macapag-, 88. Inclusive "we" expressd by datayo, 39. Increase or diminution expressed by the passive verbal particles ca an, 102. Increasing or progressive action expressed by the repetition of the verb in "urnm," the particle "la" being placed between, 88. Increasing, changing, or diminishing, the object expressed by the use of the passive verbal particle - an, 104. Indefinite pronouns, 42. Independent nominatives of personal pronouns, 37. Infinitives, 62. Ingguet, use of in comparison, 31. Inpa-, preterite of the passive particle ipa-, 108. Instrument, formula of active verbs in ag-, 74. Instrument, actives in main, 84. Instrument, actives in mamag, 93. Instrument, actives in man-, 85. Instrument, actives in mang —, 82. Intensives, 43. Interjections, 55. Interrogative pronouns, 40. Interrogatives with adverbial use, 44. Intono, tono, etc. (when), particles for futures and the subjunctive present, 63. Introduction, 13. Ipa, passive verbal particle denoting the placing of one object with reference to another, 108. Ipa, distinction between it and pag —en, 108. Ir-, preterite of the passive verbal particle i- before an initial "r" in the root, 107. Irregular plural of adjectives, 27. Irregular verbs, 70. Ited, to give, 72. Iti, the, 24. La, contraction of laeng, used with active verbs in -umr to denote increasing action, the verb being repeated after la, 88. Lacsa, ten-thousand, Sanscrit in origin, 33. Laeng, only, 47. Ligature, 18. Ligature employed as a relative, 40. Ligature, uses of, 19. Lima, derivation of, 33. Ma-, particle used in the formation of adjectives, 28. Ma -, verbal particle having both an active (when intransitive) and a passive (when transitive), use, 110. Ma, verbal particle used to indicate the accomplishment of purpose intended, 111. f Ma- an, passive verbal particles -used to indicate that an action or state has reached the limit, 112. Maca-, active verbal particle used to express ability, 88. Mamin, used instead of the active verbal particle mang before roots beginning with "b" or "p," 84. Mama — or mamag —, active verbal particles with the idea of making, compelling, etc., 92. Mamin-, adverbial sense of, 45. Mamin-, particle having a preterite form (namin) used with numerals, 34. l68 INDEX.. Man, an expletive, 45. Man —, used instead of the active verbal particle mangk- before roots beginning with "d," "s," or "t," 85. Mang-, active verbal particle used in the formation of transitive verbs, 82. Mang, mutation of roots in "c" and "qu" with, 83. Manner of action, subsidiary words required, 76. Manu, what, how many, 41. Mapan, etymologically associated with the irregular verb "en," 72. Maqui —, active verbal particle used to indicate concert or association of action, 90. Maquipag, active verbal particle used to indicate association with others who are acting together, 90. Maqui —um, active verbal particle used in expressing a strong desire, 92. Modes and tenses' of verbs, 62. Mutations of letters, 16. Mutations of the passive verbal particles - en and - an with certain pronominal suffixes, 62. Mutual relationship expressed by the use of the active verbal particle ag —, 78. Na -, adjectives in, 28. Na-, preterite of the verbal particle ma-, 110. Na an, preterite of the passive verbal particles ca —an, when accomplishment of purpose is to be indicated, 106. Naca., adjectives in, 28. Nag, preterite of the active verbal particle ag, 74. Nag —(an) en, used in exclamatory phrases with adjectives, 55. Nalabes and napalalo, used adverbially, 45. Namin-, preterite of mamin, 34. Napalalo and nalabes with meaning of "too," "excessively," etc., 29. Nature, wants of expressed by the active verbal particle maca, 90. Negative adverbs, 46. Negative forms of passives with personal pronouns, 95. Negative imperatives of verbs in ma require the reduplication of the particle itself, 110. Negative predications where personal pronouns are used as the subject, and affect the predication, 67. Neuter verbs in ma, 111. Ngata, particle used as an auxiliary for the subjunctive, 64. Ngem used for "than" in comparisons, 31. Ni —, always a prefix, sometimes used as the preterite of passives in an, 103. Ni, the, proper article, 25. No coma, free particles used to form the subjunctive, 64. No coma no, particles used to form the subjunctive, 64. Nouns, 21. Number how expressed, 21. Number of individuals raised to a certain limit expressed by the use of the passive verbal particles ca —an, 106. Number of objects it is desired to purchase expressed by the active verbal particle maca -, 90. Number of persons who can be accommodated in a certain space, etc., expressed by the active particle maca -, 90. Number of verbs, how indicated, 62. Numeral adverbs formed with mamin, namin, 34. Numerals, 33. Numerals, use of in the form of verbs, 35. INDEX. I69 Numerals with the passive verbal particle - a-t to express the idea of giving, 104. -Nupay, used in forming the subjunctive, 64. Object the principal determinant of passive forms, 60. "Only" expressed by laeng or la, 30. "'Only" expressed by reduplication, 45. Optative expressed by the use of the particles sapay coma ta, 64. Ordinals, 35. Orthography, 15. Ownership, nouns denoting formed by the use of the particle aquin-, 23. Pa —, passive verbal particle for commanding the action of verbs in en, 100. Pa,-an, particles for commanding the action of passive verbs in an, 105. Pag, active verbal particle indicating the use for which a thing is intended, 81. Paga, active verbal particle expressing how far on the body clothing or water in a stream may reach, 80. Pag en or pa-en, particles used to indicate the commanding of the action of passive verbs in - en, 100. Pag en or pa en, used with the idea of compelling, 101. Pag en or pa en, with the meaning "Do you think I have no (ears, eyes, etc.)?", 102. Pai, paipa, pai-an, particles for commanding the action of passives in i -, ipa, or i- an, 109. Faquin en, passive particles used instead of ipa to indicate the differentiation or placing of one object with reference to the rest of a group, 108. Passing of passives in en to mang —, ag —, or -urn, for formulas, 97. Passing of passives in pag en and pa-en to mamag-, mama, or agpa, 102. Passive particles listed, 61. Passive verbs, subject in the genitive, 60. Passive verbs sometimes assume active forms, 94. Penult, accent on, 17. Person commanded in ag —, 75. Personal pronouns, 36. Person of verbs, 62. Pina-, preterite of the passive particle pa —, 100. Pina-, preterite of the passive particles pa —e.n, 100. Pina- an, preterite of the passive particles pa —an, 105. Pinag-, preterite of the passive particles pag-en, 100. Place, formula of in active verbs in ag —, 74. Place, actives in maca —, 89. Place, actives in mamin, 84. Place, actives in mamag —, 93. Place, actives in man-, 85. Place, actives in mang —, 82. Place, actives in maqui —, 91. Place, actives in -urnm, 87. Placing one object with reference to another expressed by the passive verbal particle - an, 103. Playing games expressed by the active verbal particle ag-, 77. Plurals of adjectives, 27. Plural pronoun used with cada in the enumeration of several individuals, even though the person be in the singular, 54. 170 INDEX. Plurals, irregular of nouns, 22. Position expressed by the use of adda, 68. Possessive pronouns, 39. Prepositions, 50. Prepositions expressed by the use of certain nouns with iti, 52. Prepositions, idea of contained in the oblique cases of the articles, demonstratives, and the personal pronouns, 24. Prepositions implied by certain verbal particles, 52. Prepositions, independent, 51. Prepositions in verbal form, 52. Prepositions latent in certain verbal formulas, 50. Present tense, 62. Preterites, how indicated, 62. Profit from specified work denoted by the passive verbal particle - an, 105. Pronominal suffixes, 36. Pronominal suffixes, mutations of, 38. Pronominal suffixes, uses of, 38. Pronouns, 36. Proper article, 25. Putting a thing to an improper use, or to a use for which it was not intended, expressed by the passive verbal particle ipa-, 108. Quantity, if associated with possession, "ti" used instead of "adda'" in predications, 70. Quen, uses of, 54. Questions, independent pronouns used in, 37. Quet, and, used also for "than" instead of ngem, 31. Quet used to connect clauses and predications, 55. Quina, abstract nouns formed with, 22. Quina-, preterite of passive verbal particles ca - en, 102. Quina an, preterite of ca an, passive verbal particle, used when a number for a certain work is raised to a special limit, 105. Radical accents, 17. "Recently," how expressed, 44. Recentness of action denoted by the active verbal particle apag, 81. Recentness of action or production with nouns or adjectives ex — pressed by the particle ca-, 23. Reciprocity of action denoted by the active verbal particle agsin-, 78. Reduplication of the entire root with the active verbal particle ag to express reciprocity, 78. Reduplication of nouns to form the plural, 21. Reduplication of the "ng" of the active verbal particle mang- where an initial "c" or "qu" has been suppressed after that particle, 83. Reflexive verbs formed by the passive particle ma-, 111; Reflexive verbs formed by the active verbal particle -um-, 86. Regular and irregular plurals of nouns, 22. Relative pronoun expressed by the ligature, 20. Relative pronouns, 40. Rivalry expressed by use of the active verbal particle agsin — withreduplication of the first syllable, 79. Sa always used as a suffix to indicate the subjunctive, 49. Saan always requires the ligature, 66. Saan or di- used in negative predications, 66. Sag-, a particle used in trading or bartering, 34. Sanga-, particle indicating units of tens, hundreds, etc., measure,. etc., 33. Sanga — an, particles used in forming group-nouns (school, crew, family, etc.), 106. INDEX. I71 Sapay coma ta, particles used to indicate the optative, 64. Searching for grass, cane, etc., expressed by the use of the activeverbal particles mang —, mamn, or mSan-, 86. Securing a man or animal by some part of the body expressed by theuse of the passive particles pa —an, 105. Seeding or planting expressed by the use of the passive verbal par — ticle - an, 104. Seeking or hunting. expressed by the use of the active verbal particle ag —, 76. Si, prefix with reduplication of root used to denote equipment, 29.. Snaring, trapping, etc., animals, birds, fish, denoted by the use of thepassive verbal particle - an, 105. Spanish "isimo" expressed by ingguet, 31. Spanish reflexives answer often to our passive forms, 86. Subject of passive verbs genitive, 60. Subject of passive verbs, if a personal pronoun, the object being a. pronoun in the third person, and the negative "di —" being used, is in the nominative, 97. Subject personal pronoun, with personal pronoun affecting the predi — cate, forms employed, 67. Subject principal determinant of active forms, 58. Subjects of most formulas in the genitive, 60. Subjects with possessives attached require the article "ti" in thepredication, 66. Subjunctives dependent on verbs require the ligature as a connective,. 65. Sumangca —, use of in comparison, 31. Superlative degree, 32. Suppression of "c" or "qu" initial after the active verbal particlemank —, 83. Suspecting, accusing, etc., expressed by the use of the passive verbal particle ipa —, 108. Symptoms, to feel, expressed by the use of the passive verbal particle— en, 98. Syncopation of the root in forming adjectives with the particles. ca-m or naca, 29. Syncopations with and of personal pronouns, 37. Syncopations with the passive verbal particle ma-, 110. Temporary possessor in the dative with adda, 69. Tenses of verbs, 62. That, forms of, 26. The, forms of, 24. This, 25. Ti used as a connective between an active dependent on a passiveverb, 65. Ti used as a connective between active verbs dependent on adjectives in naca-, and on negative imperatives, 65. Ti, uses of, 24. Tie, bind, or secure by some part of the body a man or animal,. ex — pressed by the use of the passive verbal particle pa — an, 105. Time, formula of with active verbs in ag —, 75. Time, actives in maca-., 89. Time, actives in mamr, 84. Time, actives in mamag —, 93. Time, actives in man-, 85. Time, actives in mang —, 83. Time, actives in maqui —, 91. -to, future suffix, 63. 172 INDEX. Toy, this, 25. True adverbs, 46. True dual, 36. -urn, active verbal particle used to denote the acquisition, also to form neuter and intransitive verbs, 86. -umrn with verbals and the formula of time requires the reduplication of the first syllable of the root, 87. -Umay does not admit a connective with dependent verbs, 65. Unay used to form the superlative, 32. Units of measurement expressed by the particle sanga —, 23..Uray used to form the present subjunctive, 64. Using tools, etc., expressed by the use of the active verbal particle ag-, 77. Verbal nouns, 24. Verbal particles with adverbial meanings, 44. Verbals in the active particle ag —, 76. Verbals in maca, 90. Verbals in mam-, 84. Verbals in man-, 85. Verbals in mang —, 83. Verbals in maqui, 91. Verbals in -um ----, 88. Verbs, 57. Verbs how classified, 57. -Verbs of the same class require the ligature before the second if dependent, 65. "Wait until," etc., expressed by the use of the passive particles pag-en or pa —en, 102. -We, exclusive and inclusive, 39. We, three forms of, 36. VWhat is the name of, asin for persons, ania for things, 40. lb 0 f I I I I I I THE UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN GRADUATE LIBRARY DATE DUE Y I' ~t MAY 05 - r 3 1981 r - I I i i i I i I i Hi EIIItR~ IMHli 3 9015 00576 1492 tof i ~41S~v C 4RA _1AD ONLY TO OWNING LIBRARY k " t ii g V I N ' vi? THE Bb j,. DO NOT PLACE CODE LABEL 0., I " /. -,. 4 t '!, -.,4'f I,;.41. i. t :1 Z Z -.7 Z Z.= Z 3 Z 7ZZ ZZ. Z-_;rZZr -:Z7 Z. Z Z Z.......... Z:Z-7 Z -------------- --------....................... zz;r. -7 Z:Zzz........... -7-7 t: v,. -:-. -.; - - - -:. -- _:- .- -.. _.. - _._.-. Z.' Z -Z Z. 1. Z.:Z Z;......... Z- zz_... Z Z - - - - - - -:t:Z............... ------ -- ------ fz - 77. ------:zz z:zz.. -Z-1.......... Z. T-zr. --- ---- ZZ Z. Z Z........... Z............:Z:ZZ:_ Lw-. Z............. z.:Zzt------ - azi Z i. 7...............::Z. z::w Z r_ ZZ... WZ t: a Z =Z f Z z-9 ----- - -- ---................ p Z....... Tz T:o __t:: Z zi tz: i..:zZ-....... Z 7Z fz. LL............. ---- --- 7=Z;;CZ - - ---- ------............... e:, Z:.:Tz; - - - - - z Z-:. ---------- Z Z........... Az:Z Z - - - - - - Z Z z=z - - - - - - - - - - -;:z: Z Z- - - - - - - - - - - - -I. Z Z.; Z w Z pZ - - - - - -I Z 7 - - - - - - - - - -.......... Z Z:zr Z Z: Z Z m Z Z:Z Z T; Z Z zz. r:............. Z ZG Z — rz ZZ - - - - - - - - - - - Z Z Z Z 7 1Z - Z Z Z Z Z Z - - - - - - - - - - — Z............... Z Z t ZZ== - - - - - - Z Z Zv t Z-Z Z Z Z!z Z Z : _..:. -..__.. -.ff:; - - - - - - - -.-.:__ -., Z........... Ez;wz__ Z....... Zzzz- 7 Z rZ. zz w - r 7. - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Zz Z:Z Z Z zz; - - - - - - - - - - S - - - - - - - M - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Z7.......... w f L Z 1 Z - - - - - - -............ -Tzzr Z t Z % Z Z. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Z z _-Z Z Z. ZZZZ Z Z Z 7 =Zz:i Z Z 1 Z Z_ Z 7 zzz Z Z - - - - - - - - - - Z -------- Z Z. a Z - - - - - - - --, -- r Z Zmz - - - - - - - - - -:Z:;z Z--- ----------........ Z Z Z Zr FF Z Z........... - - - - - - - - - - -- 1::Z Z:w Z:L -Z: fr: f; ZZ Z r E Z zzz —:; - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 5Z tz Z r Z Z - - - - - - iz: f: Z:-;-Z,: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - __.:_.: -. -.-. -:. -_ Z 7:7:: t: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Z7 - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Z Z r: 7 Z Z Z -:Z z Z Z -; - -- -,- Z., —:.... - - - - -- -.: - _..:,:.. I-.:Zz.............. - - - - - - - -- -- - - z IZ Z Zz'Z, Z ZZ Z Z. Z:71 Z:w Z Z.......... Jim. - - - - - - - - - - 7Z mz - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - i z - I sM.:"Z------ ------ ------ --- -------- ----- Z Z Z